TROY FINANCIAL CORP
10-K, 1999-12-30
NATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: FT 331, 487, 1999-12-30
Next: CWMBS INC CHL MORTGAGE PASS THROUGH TRUST 1998-23, 8-K, 1999-12-30





                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              WASHINGTON, DC 20549

                                 ---------------

                                    FORM 10-K

                                 ---------------

                     ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR
                  15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                  FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

                        COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 00-25439

                                 ---------------

                           TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)


                      DELAWARE                     16-1559508
         (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF         (IRS EMPLOYER
          INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)        IDENTIFICATION NO.)

                  32 SECOND STREET
                   TROY, NEW YORK                     12180
    (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE)        (ZIP CODE)

                                 (518) 270-3313
              (REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE)


           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:
                                (NOT APPLICABLE)


           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT:
                   COMMON STOCK ($0.0001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE)


     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  registrant  has (1) filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant  was required to file such  reports) and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ]

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to item
405 of Regulation S-K (Section 299.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein,
and  will  not be  contained,  to the  best of the  registrant's  knowledge,  in
definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III
of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K [X]

     Based  upon  the  closing  price  of the  registrant's  common  stock as of
December  1,  1999,  the  aggregate  market  value of the  voting  stock held by
non-affiliates of the registrant is $109.8 million.

     The number of shares  outstanding  of each of the  registrant's  classes of
common stock as of the latest practicable date is:

                CLASS: COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.0001 PER SHARE
               OUTSTANDING AT DECEMBER 1, 1999: 11,511,921 SHARES

                       Documents incorporated by reference

(1)  Portions of the  Definitive  Proxy  Statement for the  Registrant's  Annual
     Meeting of Shareholders to be held on February 10, 2000 are incorporated by
     reference into Part III, Items 10, 11, 12 and 13 of this Form 10-K.


<PAGE>

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

                     BUSINESS OF TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION

     Troy Financial  Corporation  ("Troy  Financial") is a Delaware  corporation
that has registered with the Federal Reserve as the bank holding company for The
Troy  Savings  Bank (the  "Bank").  Troy  Financial's  primary  business  is the
business of the Bank and the Bank's subsidiary companies. Troy Financial and the
Bank are collectively referred to as the "Company".

     Presently,  Troy  Financial has no plans to own or lease any property,  but
instead uses the premises and  equipment of the Bank.  Troy  Financial  does not
employ  any  persons  other  than  certain  officers  of the  Bank  who  are not
separately compensated by Troy Financial. Troy Financial may utilize the support
staff of the Bank from time to time, if needed, and additional employees will be
hired as appropriate  to the extent Troy  Financial  expands its business in the
future.

     Troy  Financial is subject to  regulation  and  supervision  by the Federal
Reserve. See "--Regulation."

     The Troy Savings Bank is a community oriented savings bank headquartered in
Troy,  New York.  The Bank operates  through 14 full service branch offices in a
six county market area. As a full service financial institution, the Bank places
a particular  emphasis on residential  and commercial real estate loan products,
as well as retail and business banking  products and services.  The Bank and its
subsidiaries  also offer a complete  range of trust,  insurance and  investments
services,  including securities brokerage, annuity and mutual funds sales, money
management   and   retirement    plan    services,    and   other    traditional
investment/brokerage   activities  to   individuals,   families  and  businesses
throughout  the six New York State  counties of Albany,  Saratoga,  Schenectady,
Warren, Washington and Rensselaer, the county in which Troy is located.

     The Company's  goal is to be the primary  source of financial  products and
services for its business and retail customers.  The Company's business strategy
is to  serve as a  community  based,  full-service  financial  services  firm by
offering a wide  variety of business  and retail  banking  products,  and trust,
insurance,  investment  management  and brokerage  services to its potential and
existing  customers  throughout  its market area.  In addition,  Troy  Financial
intends to  establish or acquire a  commercial  bank and trust  company that can
accept  municipal  deposits to  complement  the Company's  municipal  investment
activities.

     The Company  delivers its products  and  services  and  interacts  with its
customers primarily through its 14 branches and 15 proprietary  automated teller
machines ("ATMs") and its 24-hour telephone banking service  ("Time$aver").  The
Company's  branches are staffed by managers,  branch operations  supervisors and
customer  sales  and  service  representatives  ("CSSRs")  who are  trained  and
encouraged to market and service the Company's products and services,  including
those of the Company's subsidiaries.

     The Bank is subject to regulation,  examination and supervision by the FDIC
and the New York  State  Banking  Department  ("NYSBD"),  and is a member of the
Federal Home Loan Bank System ("FHLB  System").  The Bank's deposits are insured
by the FDIC to the maximum extent provided by law. See "--Regulation."

LENDING ACTIVITY

     The Company  focuses its lending  activity  primarily on the origination of
commercial real estate loans,  commercial business loans,  residential  mortgage
loans and consumer loans.  The types of loans that the Company may originate are
subject to federal and state law and regulations.  Interest rates charged by the
Company on loans are  affected  principally  by the demand for such  loans,  the
supply of money  available  for lending  purposes  and the rates  offered by its
competitors.  These  factors  are, in turn,  affected  by general  and  economic
conditions,  monetary policies of the federal government,  including the Federal
Reserve,  legislative tax policies and  governmental  budget  matters.  All loan
approval  decisions  are made  locally,  by  individual  loan  officers  or loan
committees, depending upon the size of the loan, and the Company responds to all
loan requests in a prompt and timely manner.

     LOAN  PORTFOLIO  COMPOSITION.  At September 30, 1999,  the  Company's  loan
portfolio  totaled  $566.9  million,  or 62.0% of total  assets,  and  consisted
primarily of single family residential mortgage loans and commercial real estate
loans, as well as  construction  loans,  commercial  business loans and consumer
loans.


                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>

     The commercial real estate loan portfolio totaled $216.7 million,  or 38.2%
and 23.7% of the Company's  loans and total assets,  respectively,  at September
30, 1999.  Approximately  75% of the loans are secured by properties  located in
the  Company's  six county  market area,  and an  additional  11% are secured by
properties  located  in  the  New  York  City  area.  Approximately  26%  of the
properties securing the loans are apartment buildings and cooperatives,  26% are
office  buildings and  warehouses  and 17% are retail  buildings.  The Company's
commercial  real estate loans range in size from $89,000 to $10.0  million,  and
the median outstanding principal balance at September 30, 1999 was approximately
$230,000.  The 20 largest  commercial  real estate loans range in size from $2.8
million to $10.0 million, and the Company had 55 loans with outstanding balances
of more  than  $1.0  million  at  September  30,  1999.  The  Company's  largest
commercial  real estate exposure at September 30, 1999 involving a single entity
was $27.0  million to a local real  estate  investor  and  related  real  estate
interests with whom the Company has had a fourteen year relationship.

     The commercial  business loan portfolio totaled $66.3 million,  or 11.7% of
the  Company's  loans and 7.2% of total  assets,  at  September  30,  1999,  and
includes fixed and adjustable  rate loans and adjustable rate lines of credit to
a diverse customer base which includes  manufacturers,  wholesalers,  retailers,
service providers,  educational institutions and government funded entities. The
Company's commercial business loans range in size from $10,000 to $10.0 million,
with an average  principal balance  outstanding of approximately  $151,000 as of
September 30, 1999. The Company's 20 largest  commercial  business loans at that
date  ranged in terms of total  exposure,  including  outstanding  balances  and
unfunded commitments, from $2.0 million to $10.0 million.

     The Company's portfolio of single family residential mortgage loans totaled
$221.7  million,  or 39.1% of loans and 24.2% of total assets,  at September 30,
1999, and consisted primarily of fixed rate and adjustable rate loans secured by
detached,  single family homes located in the Company's  market area, as well as
secured home equity and home  improvement  loans.  As of September 30, 1999, the
Company's  largest  single family  residential  mortgage loan had an outstanding
balance of $744,000. As of that date, the typical residential mortgage loan held
by  the  Company  in  its  portfolio  had  an  average   principal   balance  of
approximately  $80,000,  an initial  loan-to-value  ("LTV") ratio of 80% and was
secured by a detached, single family home.

     The consumer loan portfolio totaled $48.9 million, or 8.6% of the Company's
loans and 5.3% of total assets,  at September 30, 1999.  The Company's  consumer
loan portfolio includes home equity lines of credit,  fixed rate consumer loans,
overdraft  protection  and  "Creative  Loans",  which start with a modest  below
market  interest rate that  increases each year. The Company's home equity lines
of credit  and  Creative  Loans  represented  13.9%  and 18.9% of the  Company's
consumer loan  portfolio,  respectively,  at September 30, 1999.  Personal fixed
rate loans originated through direct mail marketing  programs  represented $21.3
million,  or 43.6% of the  Company's  consumer  loan  portfolio at September 30,
1999.

     The  following  table  presents  the  composition  of  the  Company's  loan
portfolio,  excluding  loans held for sale, in dollar amounts and percentages at
the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           1999                   1998                  1997
                                                   --------------------  --------------------- ----------------------
                                                                PERCENT               PERCENT                PERCENT
                                                     AMOUNT    OF TOTAL    AMOUNT    OF TOTAL    AMOUNT     OF TOTAL
                                                   ---------  ----------  --------  ----------  -------    ----------
                                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>      <C>         <C>
             Real estate loans:
                   Residential mortgage........    $221,721       39.11%  $ 202,511     43.50%  $ 214,638      45.23%
                   Commercial..................     216,700       38.22     166,186     35.69     184,561      38.89
                   Construction................      13,761        2.43      10,052      2.16      15,508       3.27
                                                   --------    ---------  ---------    -------   ---------     ------
                        Total real estate loans     452,182       79.76     378,749     81.35     414,707      87.39
                                                   --------    ---------  ---------    -------   ---------     ------
             Commercial business loans.......        66,274       11.69      45,156      9.70      29,961       6.31
                                                   --------    ---------  ---------    -------   ---------     ------
              Consumer loans:
                   Home equity lines of credit.       6,776         1.20      8,575      1.84       9,883       2.08
                   Other consumer..............      42,081         7.42     33,445      7.18      20,539       4.33
                                                   --------    ---------  ---------    -------   ---------     ------
                        Total consumer loans...      48,857         8.62     42,020      9.02      30,422       6.41
               Net deferred loan fees and costs
               and unearned discount...........   .    (407)       (0.07)      (344)    (0.07)       (501)     (0.11)
                                                   --------    ---------  ---------    -------   ---------     ------
                       Total loans............      566,906       100.00%    465,581    100.00%    474,589     100.00%
               Less:
                   Allowance for loan losses...    (10,764)                  (8,260)                (6,429)
                                                   --------               ---------              ---------
                        Total loans receivable,
                          net..................    $556,142               $ 457,321             $  468,160
                                                   ========               =========              =========
</TABLE>


                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                 -------------------------------------------
                                                                          1996                   1995
                                                                 ---------------------  --------------------
                                                                               PERCENT               PERCENT
                                                                   AMOUNT     OF TOTAL    AMOUNT    OF TOTAL
                                                                 ----------   --------  ---------   --------
                                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>
                      Real estate loans:
                          Residential mortgage...............    $ 204,879      44.92%  $ 193,720     46.92%
                          Commercial.........................      191,624      42.01     171,830     41.61
                          Construction.......................       12,999       2.85       9,354      2.27
                                                                 ---------     ------   ---------    ------
                               Total real estate loans.......      409,502      89.78     374,904     90.80
                                                                 ---------     ------   ---------    ------
                      Commercial business loans..............       24,762       5.43      19,038      4.61
                                                                 ---------     ------   ---------    ------
                      Consumer loans:
                          Home equity lines of credit........        9,387       2.06       8,620      2.09
                          Other consumer.....................       13,159       2.88      11,140      2.69
                                                                 ---------     ------   ---------    ------
                               Total consumer loans..........       22,546       4.94      19,760      4.78
                      Net deferred loan fees and costs and
                      unearned discount......................         (684)     (0.15)       (790)    (0.19)
                                                                 ---------     ------   ---------    ------
                               Total loans...................      456,126     100.00%    412,912    100.00%
                      Less:
                          Allowance for loan losses..........       (4,304)                (4,297)
                                                                 ---------              ---------
                               Total loans receivable, net...    $ 451,822              $ 408,615
                                                                 =========              =========
</TABLE>
     The following table  presents,  at September 30, 1999, the dollar amount of
all  loans in the  Company's  portfolio,  excluding  loans  held for  sale,  and
contractually due after September 30, 2000, and whether such loans have fixed or
adjustable interest rates.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             DUE AFTER
                                                                         SEPTEMBER 30, 2000
                                                                       -----------------------
                                                                         AMOUNT      PERCENT
                                                                       ----------   ----------
                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
                                      <S>                              <C>          <C>
                                      FIXED:
                                           Residential mortgage...     $ 160,514      31.54%
                                           Commercial mortgage....       127,871      25.13
                                           Construction...........           ---         --
                                                                       ---------    --------
                                                Total real estate
                                                  loans...........       288,385      56.67
                                           Commercial business....        30,531       6.00
                                      Consumer:
                                           Home equity lines of
                                             credit...............           ---         --
                                           Other consumer.........        30,082       5.91
                                                Total consumer....        30,082       5.91
                                                                       ---------    --------
                                     Total fixed rate loans......        348,997      68.58

                                      ADJUSTABLE:
                                           Residential mortgage...        60,777      11.94
                                           Commercial mortgage....        65,812      12.93
                                           Construction...........           586       0.12
                                                                       ---------    --------
                                                Total real estate
                                                   loans..........       127,175      24.99
                                           Commercial business....        14,608       2.87
                                      Consumer:
                                           Home equity lines of
                                              credit..............         6,776       1.33
                                           Other consumer.........        11,364       2.23
                                                                         -------    -------
                                                Total consumer....        18,140       3.56
                                                                       ---------    --------
                                     Total adjustable rate loans.        159,924      31.42
                                                                       ---------    --------
                                      Total loans.................     $ 508,921     100.00%
                                                                       =========    ========
</TABLE>
                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>

     Loan  Maturity and  Repricing.  The following  table shows the  contractual
maturities of the Company's loan portfolio at September 30, 1999. The table does
not  include  loans  held for  sale,  and does not take  into  account  possible
prepayments or scheduled principal amortization.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     At September 30, 1999
                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Real Estate Loans                              Home
                                         --------------------------------------                  Equity
                                         Residential                              Commercial      Lines       Other
                                          Mortgage     Commercial  Construction    Business     of Credit   Consumer       Total
                                          --------     ----------  ------------    --------     ---------   --------       -----
                                                                          (In thousands)
<S>                                      <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
 Amounts due:
     Within one year...............      $    430       $ 23,017     $ 13,175      $ 21,135     $    --     $   635     $  58,392
 After one year:
     More than one year to five years       2,872         90,040          586        17,507          --      32,799       143,804
     More than five years to ten
       years........................       27,042         80,970           --        20,884       6,776       6,312       141,984
     More than ten years to twenty
       years........................       93,738         22,532           --         6,410          --       2,335       125,015
     More than twenty years........        97,639            141           --           338          --          --        98,118
                                       ----------       --------     --------      --------     -------     -------     ---------
         Total due after
          September 30, 2000........      221,291        193,683          586        45,139       6,776      41,446       508,921
                                       ----------       --------     --------      --------     -------     -------     ---------
           Total amount due........      $221,721       $216,700     $ 13,761      $ 66,274     $ 6,776     $42,081     $ 567,313
                                       ==========       ========     ========      ========     =======     =======     ---------
 Less:
     Net deferred loan fees and
        costs and unearned discount..                                                                                        (407)

     Allowance for loans losses....                                                                                       (10,764)
                                                                                                                         ---------
       Loans receivable, net.......                                                                                     $ 556,142
                                                                                                                        =========
</TABLE>

     The  Company  generally  does  not  purchase  loans  from  other  financial
institutions.  The Company does, however, sell or enter into commitments to sell
certain of its fixed rate  mortgage  loans to Freddie  Mac,  as well as to other
parties.  Historically  the  Company has sold  substantially  all of its 15- and
30-year conforming fixed rate mortgage loans into the secondary mortgage market.
During 1999 and 1998 the Company sold $46.7  million and $44.5  million of fixed
rate mortgage  loans into the  secondary  mortgage  market.  In late fiscal year
1998, the Company began to hold certain 15-year fixed rate mortgage loans in its
loan  portfolio.  In order to reduce  the  interest  rate risk  associated  with
mortgage  loans  held for sale,  as well as  outstanding  loan  commitments  and
uncommitted loan applications with rate lock agreements which are intended to be
held for sale, the Company  enters into formal  commitments to sell loans in the
secondary  market,  and may also  enter  into  option  agreements.  The  Company
typically  retains  servicing  rights  on loans  sold in order to  generate  fee
income.  As of September 30, 1999, the Company was servicing  mortgage loans for
others, with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $230.6 million.

     The  following  is a more  detailed  discussion  of the  Company's  current
lending practices.

     Commercial  Real Estate  Lending.  The Company  originates  commercial real
estate loans  primarily in its six county  market area, as well as New York City
and northern New York,  and to a lesser  extent in other  states.  Approximately
11%, 9% and 6%, respectively,  of the Company's commercial real estate loans are
secured by real estate located in New York City, primarily  Manhattan,  Brooklyn
and the Bronx;  northern New York;  and states other than New York. At September
30, 1999,  the Company's  commercial  real estate loan portfolio by sector is as
follows:  36%  in  apartment  buildings  and  cooperatives;  29% in  office  and
warehouse  buildings;  19%  in  retail  buildings;  4%  in  buildings  owned  by
non-profit  organizations;  4% in the  hospitality  industry;  and  8% in  other
property types.

     The  volume of the  Company's  commercial  real  estate  lending  increased
substantially in fiscal 1999 after relatively  consistent  activity in the prior
two years.  The Company has originated  $105.2 million,  $27.4 million and $30.5
million of new loans in fiscal years 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  As part
of the Company's  commercial real estate lending marketing effort, the Company's
commercial real estate loan officers call on prospective borrowers, follow up on
branch  walk-ins and referrals and interact  with  representatives  of the local
real estate industry.

     In addition to developing  business,  the Company's  commercial real estate
loan officers are  responsible  for the  underwriting  of commercial real estate
loans. The Company's  underwriting  standards focus on a review of the potential
borrower's  cash  flow,  LTV ratios and  rent-rolls,  as well as the  borrower's
leverage and working capital ratios, the real estate securing the loan, personal
guarantees and the borrower's other on-going projects.  In general,

                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>

the Company seeks to underwrite loans with an LTV ratio of 75% or less, although
under certain circumstances it will accept an LTV ratio of up to 90%.

     The Company  assigns each  commercial  real estate loan a risk rating which
focuses  on the  loan's  risk of  loss.  Following  the loan  officer's  initial
underwriting and preparation of a credit  memorandum,  the loan file is reviewed
by the Vice  President and Director of Commercial  Real Estate  Lending who then
has authority to approve the loan if the loan amount is less than  $100,000,  in
the case of  unsecured  loans,  and  less  than  $227,150,  in the case of loans
secured by commercial  real estate.  Unsecured  loans between  $100,000 and $1.5
million and secured loans between  $227,000 and $1.5 million require approval of
the Company's Commercial Mortgage Credit Committee.  All loans in excess of $1.5
million require approval of the Loan Committee of the Board of Directors.

     The  commercial  real  estate  loan  officers  are  also   responsible  for
monitoring  the  Company's  portfolio  of  commercial  real  estate  loans on an
on-going  basis,   which  includes   reviewing  annual   financial   statements,
verification   that  loan   covenants   have  not  been  violated  and  property
inspections.  In addition, the Company employs an annual review process in which
an outside consultant, who was previously the director of commercial lending for
a large New York commercial bank, reviews 75% to 80% of the Company's commercial
real estate  portfolio  to confirm  the  Company's  assigned  risk rating and to
review the Company's overall monitoring of the loan portfolio.

     Commercial Business Lending. Since 1993, the Company has actively sought to
originate  commercial  business loans in its market area.  During the year-ended
September 30, 1999, the Company  originated  $52 million of commercial  business
loans.  The  Company's  commercial  loans  generally  range  in size up to $10.0
million,  and the borrowers are located  within the Company's  market area.  The
Company  offers both fixed rate loans,  with terms  ranging  from three to seven
years,  and adjustable rate lines of credit.  As of September 30, 1999, 40.0% of
the Company's  outstanding  commercial loan portfolio consisted of variable rate
loan  products.  As a general rule,  the Company sets the interest  rates on its
loans based on the  Company's  prime rate or other index rates,  plus a premium,
and its  variable-rate  loans  reprice  at least  every 90 days.  The  Company's
commercial  loans includes loans used for equipment  financing,  working capital
and accounts  receivable,  and these loans are made to a diverse  customer  base
which  includes  manufacturers,   wholesalers,   retailers,  service  providers,
educational institutions and government funded entities.

     The Company  solicits  commercial loan business through its commercial loan
officers who call on potential  borrowers and follow-up on referrals  from other
Company employees.  The commercial loan officers market the Company's commercial
loan products by focusing on the Company's  competitive  pricing,  the Company's
reputation for service and the Company's ties to the local business communities.
In many cases, the Company's senior  management,  including the President,  will
meet with prospective borrowers.

     The Company also has a small business  lending  program whereby the Company
lends  money to  small,  locally  owned  and  operated  businesses.  During  the
year-ending  September 30, 1999,  the Company  originated 124 new small business
loans of up to $50,000, and as of September 30, 1999, the Company had over $14.0
million of such loans  outstanding.  Many of the Company's  small business loans
are secured by cash collateral or marketable securities or are guaranteed by the
Small Business Administration.

     In addition to developing business,  the Company's commercial loan officers
are responsible for the  underwriting of the commercial loans and the monitoring
of the ongoing relationship between the borrower and the Company.  Following the
loan officer's initial underwriting and preparation of a credit memorandum,  the
potential  loan is reviewed by the Vice  President  and  Director of  Commercial
Lending  who then has  authority  to approve the loan if the loan amount is less
than $100,000.  Loans between  $100,000 and $1.0 million require approval of the
Company's Commercial Loan Credit Committee,  and loans in excess of $1.0 million
require approval of the Loan Committee of the Board of Directors.  The Company's
underwriting  standards focus on a review of the potential borrower's cash flow,
as well as the  borrower's  leverage  and working  capital  ratios.  To a lesser
extent,  the Company will consider the collateral  securing the loan and whether
there is a personal guarantee on the loan.

     To assist with the initial  underwriting  and  ongoing  maintenance  of the
Company's  commercial  loans, the Company employs the same risk rating system as
is used  by the  Company's  commercial  real  estate  loan  department.  See "--
Commercial Real Estate  Lending." At the time a loan is initially  underwritten,
as well as every time a loan is reviewed, the Company assigns a risk rating.



                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>

     The Company  monitors its commercial loan portfolio by closely watching all
loans with a risk rating which indicates  certain adverse factors,  such as debt
ratios or cash flow  issues.  In  addition,  the  Company  receives  delinquency
reports  beginning on the 10th of every month. If a loan payment is more than 20
days late, then the commercial loan officer begins active loan management, which
initially  will  include  calling  the  borrower  or  sending a written  notice.
Moreover,  because the Company's lines of credit expire every 12 months, or five
months  after the  borrower's  fiscal year end,  and the borrower is required to
renew the line of credit at such time, the Company, in effect, reunderwrites the
loan annually.  Because a term loan often includes a line of credit,  the status
of the  borrower  and loan is  reviewed  annually  because of the line of credit
review.  In all  reviews,  the Company  analyzes  the  borrower's  most  current
financial  statements,  and in some cases will visit the borrower or inspect the
borrower's business and properties.

     Single Family  Residential  Lending.  During the year ending  September 30,
1999, the Company  originated  $95.8 million of single family  residential  real
estate loans. Substantially all of the Company's residential mortgage loans were
originated  through the Family  Mortgage  Banking Co.,  Inc.  (the  "FMB"),  the
Company's mortgage banking subsidiary. FMB currently employs six loan counselors
who are  responsible for developing the Company's  mortgage  business by meeting
with  referrals,  networking  with  representatives  of the  local  real  estate
industry and sponsoring home buying seminars.  In addition,  the Company's CSSRs
are trained to refer  potential  mortgage  customers to FMB.  Although FMB meets
with  applicants and assists with the application  process,  the Company handles
the processing,  underwriting,  funding and closing of all residential  mortgage
loans. The single family  residential  mortgage loans not originated through FMB
generally are originated through independent mortgage brokers or by the Company.

     The Company  currently  makes a variety of fixed rate and  adjustable  rate
("ARMs")  mortgage  loans  which are secured by one- to  four-family  residences
located in the  Company's six county market area.  The Company  offers  mortgage
loans that  conform to Freddie Mac  guidelines,  as well as jumbo  loans,  which
presently   are  loans  in  amounts   over   $227,150,   and  loans  with  other
non-conforming features. The Company will underwrite a single family residential
mortgage  loan with an LTV ratio of up to 95% with private  mortgage  insurance,
and the Company's  fixed rate mortgages  generally  have  maturities of 10 to 30
years.

     The Company offers a variety of ARM programs  based on market  demand.  The
Company  generally  amortizes an ARM over 30 years.  On select ARMs, the Company
offers a conversion  option,  whereby the  borrower,  at his or her option,  can
convert the loan to a fixed interest rate after a predetermined  period of time,
generally 10 to 57 months.  Interest  rates are  generally  adjusted  based on a
specified  margin over the  Constant  Treasury  Maturity  Index.  Interest  rate
adjustments  on such loans are  limited  to both  annual  adjustment  caps and a
maximum  adjustment  over the life of the  loan.  The  origination  of ARMs,  as
opposed to fixed rate loans, helps to reduce the Company's exposure to increases
in interest rates.  During periods of rising interest rates,  however,  ARMs may
increase credit risks not inherent in fixed rate loans,  primarily  because,  as
interest  rates rise,  the  underlying  payments of the borrower  rise,  thereby
increasing the potential for default. The annual and lifetime adjustable caps do
however  help to reduce  such  risks.  The  volume  and type of ARMs  originated
through FMB are  affected by numerous  market  factors,  including  the level of
interest rates, competition, consumer preferences and the availability of funds.
At  September  30,  1999,  the  Company  held $55.5  million of ARMs in its loan
portfolio, most of which were one-year ARMs.

     Single family  residential  loans are generally  underwritten  according to
Freddie Mac guidelines. The Company requires borrowers who obtain mortgage loans
with an LTV ratio greater than 80% to obtain  private  mortgage  insurance in an
amount  sufficient to reduce the Company's  exposure to not more than 80% of the
lower of the  purchase  price or  appraised  value.  In  addition,  the  Company
requires escrow accounts for the payment of taxes and insurance if the LTV ratio
exceeds 80%, but will permit  borrowers to request an escrow  account  waiver if
the LTV ratio is less than 80%.  Substantially  all mortgage loans originated by
the Company include  due-on-transfer  clauses which provide the Company with the
contractual  right  to  deem  the  loan  immediately  due and  payable,  in most
instances,  if the borrower  transfers  ownership  of the  property  without the
Company's  consent.  The Company's staff  underwriters have authority to approve
loans in amounts up to $227,150. Loans between $227,150 and $1.0 million require
the approval of the Company's Commercial Mortgage Credit Committee, and loans in
excess of $1.0 million  require the approval of the Loan  Committee of the Board
of Directors.



                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>

     In an effort to help low and moderate  income home buyers in the  Company's
communities,  the Company  participates  in  residential  mortgage  programs and
products  sponsored by the State of New York Mortgage Agency  ("SONYMA") and the
Federal Housing Authority ("FHA").  SONYMA and FHA mortgage programs provide low
and moderate income  households with smaller down payment and below-market  rate
loans.  The Company  typically sells the SONYMA loans back to SONYMA for sale in
the  secondary  market.  The  Company  is also a charter  member of the  Capital
District Affordable Housing Partnership,  a local lending consortium which makes
mortgage  funds  available to home buyers who are unable to obtain  conventional
financing.  The Company  participates in the Capital District Community Loan and
the FHLB Home Buyer's  Club.  In the past five years,  the Company has also made
available to  low-to-moderate  income first-time home buyers over $15 million of
conventional no down payment mortgages for its loan portfolio.

     To  complement  the  Company's  portfolio  of  residential   mortgage  loan
products,  the Company also  originates  fixed rate home equity  mortgage loans.
These  loans are  secured by a first or second  mortgage  on the  owner-occupied
property. During fiscal 1999, the Company originated $7.8 million of home equity
mortgage  loans.  As of September  30, 1999,  the average size of the  Company's
outstanding  home  equity  mortgage  loans  in  its  residential  mortgage  loan
portfolio was $19,000.

     Consumer  Lending.  In addition to the Company's  residential  mortgage and
construction  loans,  the Company offers a variety of consumer credit  products,
including home equity lines of credit,  variable rate or Creative  Loans,  fixed
rate  consumer  loans and overdraft  protection.  The objective of the Company's
consumer lending program is to maintain a profitable loan portfolio and to serve
the credit needs of the Company's customers and the communities in which it does
business,  while providing for adequate liquidity,  diversification and safe and
sound banking practices.

     The Company  offers home equity  lines of credit in amounts up to $100,000.
The home equity lines of credit have fixed interest rates and are available only
if the LTV ratio is less than 80%.  The  Company's  Creative  Loans begin with a
modest below market  interest rate which  increases each year, and are generally
secured by personal property and do not carry prepayment penalties.  The average
balance on the Company's Creative Loans for fiscal 1999 was $11.1 million.

     The Company's  fixed rate consumer  loans are typically made to finance the
purchase  of new or used  automobiles.  In such cases,  the Company  offers 100%
financing  on new  automobiles  with  terms  available  up to 60 months  and 80%
financing  on used  automobiles  with  loan  terms  dependent  upon  the year of
vehicles.  The  Company  also  offers  unsecured  lines of credit  or  overdraft
protection to credit qualified  depositors who maintain  checking  accounts with
the Company.  In addition to covering  overdrafts  on checking  accounts,  these
unsecured  lines of credit are accessible to borrowers from ATMs  throughout the
world.

     The Company  markets its consumer  credit  products  through its  branches,
local  advertisements and direct mailings.  Applications can be completed at any
branch  of the  Company,  and in most  cases,  the  Company  will  respond  to a
customer's  completed credit application within 24 hours,  including the funding
of the  loan if the  borrower  is  approved.  Individual  authority  to  approve
consumer  loans  varies by the amount of the loan and  whether it is real estate
related.  Consumer loans are  underwritten  according to the Company's  Consumer
Loans Underwriting practices,  and loan approval is based primarily on review of
the borrower's employment status, credit report and credit score.

     Construction Lending. The Company offers residential  construction loans to
individuals who are  constructing  their own homes in the Company's market area.
Generally,  the builders  utilized by the Company's  construction loan borrowers
are ones with whom the Company is familiar and has a long-standing relationship.
The Company's loan administration  group monitors the periodic  disbursements of
all construction  loans, and before advances are made the Company's  independent
appraisers  provide  reports  comparing the progress of the  construction to the
preconstruction schedule. In many cases, the Company converts construction loans
to traditional  residential or commercial  mortgage  loans,  as the case may be,
following completion of construction.  During the year ended September 30, 1999,
the  Company  originated  $6.5  million  of  residential   construction   loans.
Residential  construction  loans  outstandings  are  reported  with  residential
mortgage  loans.  As of  September  30, 1999,  the Company had $13.8  million of
commercial real estate construction loans outstanding,  or 2.4% of the Company's
loans and 1.5% of total assets.



                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>

     The Company's  construction loans generally have terms of up to six months,
and require  payments of interest  only.  If  construction  is not  completed on
schedule, the Company charges the borrower additional fees in connection with an
extension of the loan. The Company's staff  underwriters have approval authority
of up to  $227,150.  Loans  in  excess  of  $227,150  require  approval  of  the
Commercial  Mortgage  Credit  Committee,  and loans in  excess  of $1.5  million
require  approval of the Loan  Committee of the Board of Directors.  The Company
will not make construction loans in excess of $1.5 million,  or greater than 95%
of the estimated cost of construction.

     Construction  lending generally involves greater credit risk than permanent
financing on owner-occupied  real estate.  The risk of loss is dependent largely
upon the accuracy of the initial  estimate of the property's value at completion
of  construction,  compared  to  the  estimated  cost,  including  interest,  of
construction,  and the ability of the builder to complete  the  project.  If the
estimate  of  the  value  proves  to be  inaccurate,  then  the  Company  may be
confronted  with  a  project  that,  when  completed,   has  a  value  which  is
insufficient to assure full repayment of the loan.

     The  Company  also  makes  construction  loans on  commercial  real  estate
projects  where  the  borrowers  are  well  known  to the  Company  and have the
necessary  liquidity and financial  capacity to support the projects  through to
completion,  and where the source of permanent financing,  either the Company or
another  institution,  can be verified.  All commercial real estate construction
lending is done on a recourse  basis.  As of September 30, 1999, the Company had
$13.8 million of commercial real estate construction loans outstanding,  or 2.4%
of the Company's loans and 1.5% of total assets.

     Loan Review. As part of the portfolio  monitoring  process,  all commercial
business  loans,  regardless of size, and all commercial  real estate loans over
$750,000 are subjected to an annual detailed loan review process. All classified
loans (see below) in both  portfolios  are subjected to this process  quarterly.
Current  financial  information  is analyzed and the loan rating is evaluated to
determine  if it still  accurately  represents  the  level of risk  posed by the
credit.  These reviews are then reviewed by an outside  consultant who opines on
the reasonableness of the loan officers'  conclusions with respect to the loan's
risk rating and the related  allowance for loan loss, if any. For the classified
loans,  these quarterly reviews and review by the consultant are complemented by
a quarterly loan officers'  meeting with the consultant and the Company's  Chief
Credit  Officer.  The  conclusions  reached at these meetings become an integral
part of the quarterly analysis of loan loss reserve adequacy.

     Delinquent  Loans.  It is the policy of the  management  of the  Company to
monitor the Company's  loan  portfolio to anticipate  and address  potential and
actual delinquencies.  The procedures taken by the Company vary depending on the
type of loan.

     With  respect to single  family  residential  mortgage  loans and  consumer
loans,  when a borrower  fails to make a payment on the loan,  the Company takes
immediate steps to have the  delinquency  cured and the loan restored to current
status.  On the 15th of every month, the Credit  Administration  Department runs
delinquency reports. The Company's collection manager and her staff then contact
the borrower by telephone to ascertain  the reason for the  delinquency  and the
prospects of repayment. Written notices are also sent at that time. The borrower
is again contacted by telephone on the 20th and 26th of the month if payment has
not been  received.  After 30 days  another  notice is sent and the  borrower is
reported as delinquent.  The Credit Administration  Department continues to call
the borrower, and if payment has not been received by the 60th day, then another
notice is sent  informing  the  borrower  that the loan must be brought  current
within the next 30 days or foreclosure proceedings will be commenced. Generally,
the Company  does not accrue  interest on loans more than 90 days past due.  The
Company's  procedures for single family  residential loans which have previously
been sold by the Company but which the Company currently  services are identical
during the first 60 days.  After 60 days, the Company follows the Freddie Mac or
applicable  investor  guidelines  and  timeframes   regarding   delinquent  loan
accounts.

     With respect to commercial real estate and commercial  business loans,  the
Credit Administration  Department delivers delinquency reports to the respective
departments beginning on the 10th of every month. If a loan payment is more than
20 days late, then the loan officer begins active loan management.

     Classified  Assets.  The  Company's  classification  policies  require  the
classification  of loans and other  assets  such as debt and equity  securities,
considered  to be of lesser  quality,  as  "substandard,"  "doubtful"  or "loss"
assets. An asset is considered  "substandard" if it is inadequately protected by
the current net worth and paying  capacity of the


                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>

borrower or of the collateral pledged, if any.  Substandard assets include those
characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some
loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as "doubtful" have
all of the  weaknesses  inherent in those  classified as  substandard,  with the
added  characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation
in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly
questionable  and improbable.  Assets  classified as "loss" are those considered
uncollectible  and of such little value that their continuance as assets without
the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.  At September 30,
1999,  the  Company  had  classified  $10.7  million  and  $10,000  of assets as
"substandard"  and "doubtful,"  respectively.  At such date, the Company did not
have any assets classified as "loss."

     At September  30, 1999,  the Company had three lending  relationships  each
with an  outstanding  principal  balance in excess of $1.0 million  which had an
internal adverse  classification.  Each of the classified loans was a commercial
real estate loan and  classified as  "substandard."  A brief  description of the
loans follows:

            o One  commercial  real  estate loan with an  outstanding  principal
        balance of $2.4 million.  The loan is secured by a warehouse  industrial
        property  located  outside  of New  York  State  and is also  personally
        guaranteed. As of September 30, 1999, the loan was on non-accrual status
        and considered  impaired.  Subsequent to September 30, 1999, the Company
        foreclosed on the loan and sold the property.

            o  A  $1.9  million   commercial  real  estate  loan  secured  by  a
        multi-family residential property located outside of New York State. The
        property which secures the loan, prior to the borrower's  purchase,  was
        the subject of the Company's  foreclosure  proceedings.  As of September
        30,  1999,  the loan is current and the borrower is seeking to refinance
        with other financial institutions.

            o Three cross-collateralized  commercial real estate loans totalling
        $1.3 million and secured by multi-family  residential apartment projects
        located in upstate New York outside of the Company's  market area. As of
        September 30, 1999, the loans were on non-accrual  status and considered
        impaired. The Company has begun foreclosure proceedings.

     In addition to  classified  assets,  the Company also has certain  "special
mention" or "watch list" assets  which have  characteristics,  features or other
potential  weaknesses  that warrant  special  attention.  At September 30, 1999,
special mention assets totaled $4.2 million, or 0.46% of total assets.

     Non-Performing  Assets.  It is the policy of the Company to place a loan on
non-accrual  status when the loan is contractually  past due 90 days or more, or
when, in the opinion of management,  the collection of principal and/or interest
is in doubt. At such time, all accrued but unpaid  interest is reversed  against
current  period income and, as long as the loan remains on  non-accrual  status,
interest  is  recognized  only  when  received,  if  considered  appropriate  by
management.  In certain  cases,  the Company  will not  classify a loan which is
contractually past due 90 days or more as non-accruing if management  determines
that the particular  loan is well secured and in the process of  collection.  In
such cases,  the loan is simply  reported as "past due." Loans are removed  from
non-accrual  status when such loans become  current as to principal and interest
or when,  in the  opinion  of  management,  the loans are  expected  to be fully
collectible  as to principal  and  interest.  The Company did not have any loans
classified  as 90 days past due and still  accruing  interest at  September  30,
1999.  Non-performing loans also include troubled debt restructurings  ("TDRs").
TDRs are loans whose repayment  criteria have been  renegotiated to below market
terms  (given  the  credit  risk  inherent  in the loan)  due to the  borrowers'
inability to repay the loans in accordance  with the loans'  original  terms. At
September 30, 1999, the Company classified  $616,000,  or 0.07% of total assets,
as TDRs.

     The Company classifies property that it acquires as a result of foreclosure
or settlement in lieu thereof as other real estate owned  ("OREO").  The Company
records  OREO at the lower of the  unpaid  principal  balance or fair value less
estimated costs to sell at the date of acquisition and  subsequently  recognizes
any  decrease in fair value by a charge to income.  At September  30, 1999,  the
Company had $76,000 of OREO  resulting from single family  residential  mortgage
loans, and $1.8 million of OREO resulting from commercial real estate loans.


                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>

     The following presents the amounts and categories of non-performing  assets
at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          ------------------------------------------------------
                                                             1999       1998        1997       1996        1995
                                                          ---------- ----------  ---------- ----------  --------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
                 Non-accrual loans:
                   Real estate loans:
                      Residential mortgage...........       $2,707   $  2,900    $  2,598   $  3,418    $  3,676
                      Commercial mortgage............        4,210      6,327       3,438      6,613       4,241
                      Construction...................           --         --         350        516          --
                                                          --------   --------    --------   --------    --------
                           Total real estate loans...        6,917      9,227       6,386     10,547       7,917
                   Commercial business loans.........           10         31          33        105         236
                   Home equity lines of credit.......           58        259          --         --          --
                   Other consumer loans..............          282         50          40         17           2
                                                          --------   --------    --------   --------    --------
                           Total non-accrual loans...        7,267      9,567       6,459     10,669       8,155
                 Loans contractually past due 90 days or
                   more other than non-accruing......           --         --          --         --           4
                      Troubled debt restructurings...          616      2,081       2,256      1,810       3,602
                                                          --------   --------    --------   --------    --------
                           Total non-performing loans        7,883     11,648       8,715     12,479      11,761
                   Other real estate owned assets:
                      Residential real estate........           76        345         589        622          67
                      Commercial real estate.........        1,769      1,527       2,101      1,903       2,122
                                                          --------   --------    --------   --------    --------
                           Total other real estate
                             owned...................        1,845      1,872       2,690      2,525       2,189
                           Total non-performing assets    $  9,728   $ 13,520    $ 11,405   $ 15,004    $ 13,950
                                                          =========  ========    ========   ========    ========
                 Allowance for loan losses...........     $ 10,764   $  8,260    $  6,429   $  4,304    $  4,297
                                                          =========  ========    ========   ========    ========
                 Allowance for loan losses as a
                   percentage of non-performing loans..     136.55%     70.91%      73.77%     34.49%      36.54%

                 Non-performing loans as a percentage of
                   total loans.......................         1.39%      2.50%       1.84%      2.74%       2.85%
                 Non-performing assets as a percentage
                   of total assets......................      1.06%      1.89%       1.72%      2.28%       2.22%
</TABLE>


     For the fiscal years ended 1999,  1998 and 1997, the gross interest  income
that would have been recorded had the non-accrual loans been on an accrual basis
or had the rate not been  reduced  with  respect  to the loans  restructured  in
trouble  debt  restructurings  amounted  to  $553,000,  $591,000  and  $528,000,
respectively.  The  amounts  included  in  interest  income on these  loans were
$227,000,  $411,000 and $99,000 for the fiscal years ended 1999,  1998 and 1997,
respectively.

     Allowance for Loan Losses.  In  originating  loans,  there is a substantial
likelihood that loan losses will be  experienced.  The risk of loss varies with,
among  other  things,  general  economic  conditions,  the  type  of  loan,  the
creditworthiness of the borrower and, in the case of a collateralized  loan, the
quality of the  collateral  securing  the loan.  In an effort to  minimize  loan
losses,  the Company  monitors its loan portfolio by reviewing  delinquent loans
and taking  appropriate  measures.  In addition,  with respect to the  Company's
commercial  real estate and  commercial  business  loans,  the  Company  closely
watches all loans with a risk rating that indicates  potential  adverse factors.
Moreover,   on  an  annual  basis,  the  Company  reviews  borrowers'  financial
statements,  including  rent-rolls if  appropriate,  and in some cases  inspects
borrowers' properties, in connection with the annual renewal of lines of credit.
The Company's outside consultant  periodically reviews the credit quality of the
loans in the  Company's  commercial  real estate and  commercial  business  loan
portfolios,  and, together with the Company's  Commercial Loan Credit Committee,
reviews on a quarterly  basis all  classified  loans over  $100,000  with a risk
rating that indicates the loan has certain weaknesses.

     Based on  management's  on-going  review of the Company's  loan  portfolio,
including the risks inherent in the portfolio,  historical loan loss experience,
general economic conditions and trends and other factors,  the Company maintains
an allowance for loan losses to cover  probable  loan losses.  The allowance for
loan  losses is  established  through a  provision  for loan  losses  charged to
operations.  The  provision  for loan  losses is based upon a number of factors,
including the historical loan loss experience,  changes in the nature and volume
of the loan portfolio,  overall  portfolio  quality,  review of specific problem
loans,  industry  trends,  and  general  economic  conditions  that  may  affect
borrowers'  abilities to pay.  Loans are charged  against the allowance for loan
losses when management  believes that the  collectibility of all or a portion of
the principal is unlikely.  The allowance is an amount that management  believes
will be adequate  to absorb  probable  losses on existing  loans that may become
uncollectible  based on evaluation of the collectibility of loans and prior loan
loss experience. Based on information currently known to


                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>

management, management considers the current level of reserves adequate to cover
probable loan losses, although there can be no assurance that such reserves will
in fact be  sufficient  to cover  actual  losses.  At September  30,  1999,  the
Company's  allowance for loan losses was $10.8 million, or 1.90% of total loans,
and 136.6% of non-performing loans at that date. Net charge-offs during the year
ending  September  30, 1999 were  $746,000.  As a result of the current level of
non-performing  loans  and net  charge-offs,  as well  as  consideration  of the
general  economic trends in the Company's  market area, the Company  anticipates
that its  provision  for loan losses will  remain at  approximately  its current
levels through at least the first fiscal quarter ending December 31, 1999. There
can be no assurance,  however,  that such loan losses will not exceed  estimated
amounts  or that the  provision  for loan  losses  will not  increase  in future
periods.  The Company will continue to monitor and modify its allowance for loan
losses as conditions dictate.

     The following table is a summary of the activity in the Company's allowance
for loan losses for the last five years:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                             1999        1998         1997        1996         1995
                                                         ----------  ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------
                                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
             Total loans outstanding (at end of
               period)...............................    $566,906    $ 465,581    $ 474,589   $ 456,126    $ 412,912
                                                         =========   =========    =========   =========    =========
             Average total loans outstanding             $505,489    $ 467,406    $ 471,779   $ 432,569    $ 398,793
                                                         =========   =========    =========   =========    =========
             Allowance for loan losses at beginning of
               Year..................................    $    8,260  $   6,429    $   4,304   $   4,297    $   4,190
                                                         ----------  ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------
             Loan charge-offs:
                  Residential real estate............         (362)       (521)        (320)       (578)        (199)
                  Commercial real estate.............         (252)     (1,612)      (1,286)       (165)        (392)
                  Construction real estate...........           --        (130)        (140)       (401)         (82)
                  Commercial business................          (75)        (51)        (110)        (17)        (286)
                  Home equity lines of credit........           --          --           --          --           (3)
                  Other consumer loans...............         (306)       (132)         (34)         (8)         (72)
                                                         ----------  ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------
                       Total charge-offs.............         (995)     (2,446)      (1,890)     (1,169)      (1,034)
                                                         ----------  ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------
             Loan recoveries:
                  Residential real estate............           40         147           80          92           34
                  Commercial real estate.............          176          57           13          83           94
                  Construction real estate...........           13          --           --          58           --
                  Commercial business................            8           4           12           9            9
                  Home equity lines of credit........           --          --           --           1            4
                  Other consumer loans...............           12          19           10           5           35
                                                         ----------  ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------
                       Total recoveries..............          249         227          115         248          176
                                                         ----------  ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------
             Loan charge-offs (net of recoveries)....         (746)     (2,219)      (1,775)       (921)        (858)
             Provision charged to operations.........        3,250       4,050        3,900         928          965
                                                         ----------  ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------

             Allowance for loan losses at end of year      $10,764   $   8,260    $   6,429   $   4,304    $   4,297
                                                         =========   =========    =========   =========    =========
             Ratio of net charge-offs during the year
               to average loans outstanding during the
               year..................................          .15%        .48%         .38%        .21%         .22%
             Allowance as a percentage of
             non-performing loans....................       136.55%      70.91%       73.77%      34.49%       36.54%

             Allowance as a percentage of total loans
               (end of year).........................         1.90%       1.77%        1.35%        .94%        1.04%
</TABLE>


                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>

     The following  table  presents the Company's  percent of allowance for loan
losses to total allowance and the percent of loans to total loans in each of the
categories  listed  at  the  dates  indicated.   This  allocation  is  based  on
management's  assessment as of a given point in time of the risk characteristics
of each of the  component  parts of the total loan  portfolio  and is subject to
changes as and when the risk factors of each such  component  part  change.  The
allocation is neither  indicative of the specific amounts or the loan categories
in which future  charge-offs  may be taken nor is it an indicator of future loss
trends.  The  allocation of the allowance to each category does not restrict the
use of the allowance to absorb losses in any category.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                             -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          1999                             1998                             1997
                             ------------------------------  -------------------------------  --------------------------------
                                                    PERCENT                          PERCENT                          PERCENT
                                                   OF LOANS                         OF LOANS                         OF LOANS
                                       PERCENT OF   IN EACH            PERCENT OF    IN EACH            PERCENT OF    IN EACH
                                        ALLOWANCE  CATEGORY             ALLOWANCE   CATEGORY             ALLOWANCE   CATEGORY
                                        TO TOTAL   TO TOTAL             TO TOTAL    TO TOTAL             TO TOTAL    TO TOTAL
                               AMOUNT   ALLOWANCE    LOANS     AMOUNT   ALLOWANCE     LOANS     AMOUNT   ALLOWANCE     LOANS
                               ------   ---------    -----     ------   ---------     -----     ------   ---------     -----
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                          <C>          <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>
ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE
  FOR LOAN LOSSES:
Real estate loans:
    Residential mortgage     $ 1,967       18.28%    39.11%   $  1,316     15.93%     43.50%    $   878     13.66%     45.23%
    Commercial mortgage.       5,379       49.97     38.22       3,964     47.99      35.69       3,240     50.39      38.89
    Construction........          95         .88      2.43         131      1.59       2.16         127      1.98       3.27
Commercial business
  Loans.................       1,716       15.94     11.69       1,503     18.20       9.70       1,275     19.84       6.31
Home equity lines of
  Credit................           6         .06      1.20          31       .37       1.84          31       .48       2.08
Other consumer loans....         645        5.99      7.42         488      5.91       7.18         278      4.32       4.33
Net deferred loan fees and
  costs and unearned discount     --          --      (.07)         --       --        (.07)         --        --       (.11)
Unallocated.............         956        8.88                   827    10.01          --         600      9.33         --
                             -------       -----     -----    --------     -----      -----     -------     -----      -----
        Total...........     $10,764         100%      100%   $  8,260      100%        100%    $ 6,429       100%       100%
                             =======         ===       ===    ========      ===         ===     =======       ===        ===
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             1996                             1995
                                                ------------------------------  --------------------------------
                                                                       PERCENT                          PERCENT
                                                                      OF LOANS                         OF LOANS
                                                         PERCENT OF    IN EACH             PERCENT OF   IN EACH
                                                          ALLOWANCE   CATEGORY              ALLOWANCE  CATEGORY
                                                          TO TOTAL    TO TOTAL              TO TOTAL   TO TOTAL
                                                 AMOUNT   ALLOWANCE     LOANS     AMOUNT    ALLOWANCE    LOANS
                                                 ------   ---------     -----     ------    ---------    -----
                                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                              <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>
                    ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE
                      FOR LOAN LOSSES:
                    Real estate loans:
                        Residential mortgage     $  372      8.64%     44.92%    $  308        7.17%     46.92%
                        Commercial mortgage.      2,624     60.97      42.01      2,549       59.32      41.60
                        Construction........        149      3.46       2.85        458       10.66       2.27
                    Commercial business
                      loans.................        801     18.61       5.43        814       18.94       4.61
                    Home equity lines of
                      credit................         31       .72       2.06         27         .63       2.09
                    Consumer and other loans         96      2.23       2.88         83        1.93       2.69
                    Net deferred loan fees
                    and costs and unearned           --       --        (.15)        --         --        (.19)
                    discount................
                    Unallocated.............        231      5.37         --         58        1.35         --
                                                 ------     -----      -----     ------       -----       ----
                            Total...........     $4,304       100%       100%    $4,297        100%        100%
                                                 ======      ====      =====     ======       ====        ====
</TABLE>

Securities

     The Company  separates its securities  portfolio into securities  available
for sale and investment  securities held to maturity. At September 30, 1999, the
Company had $280.9 million, or 30.7% of total assets in securities available for
sale and $2.5 million, or 0.3% of total assets, in investment securities held to
maturity.  These portfolios consist primarily of U.S. government  securities and
agency   obligations,   corporate   debt   securities,   municipal   securities,


                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>

mortgage-backed  securities,  mutual  funds and  equity  securities.  Management
determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase.
If  management  has the positive  intent and ability to hold debt  securities to
maturity, then they are classified as investment securities held to maturity and
are carried at amortized cost. Securities that are identified as trading account
assets for resale over a short  period are stated at fair value with  unrealized
gains and  losses  reflected  in  current  earnings.  All other  debt and equity
securities are  classified as securities  available for sale and are reported at
fair value,  with net unrealized gains or losses reported,  net of income taxes,
as a separate  component of equity.  At September 30, 1999,  the Company did not
hold any securities considered to be trading securities. As a member of the FHLB
of New York,  the Company is  required  to hold FHLB stock,  which is carried at
cost because the FHLB stock is not marketable and may only be resold to the FHLB
of New York.

     The Company's investment policy focuses investment decisions on maintaining
a balance of high quality,  diversified investments.  In making its investments,
the Company also  considers  liquidity,  the potential need for collateral to be
used for pledging purposes,  and earnings.  Investment decisions are made by the
Company's  Trust and Investment  Officer who has authority to purchase,  sell or
trade securities  qualifying as eligible investments under applicable law and in
conformance with the Company's  investment  policy.  In addition,  the Company's
Director of Municipal Finance is authorized to purchase municipal securities for
the Company's portfolio.

     Under the Company's investment policy,  securities eligible for the Company
to purchase  include:  U.S.  Treasury  obligations,  securitized  loans from the
Company's loan portfolio,  municipal securities,  certain corporate obligations,
equity  mutual funds,  common stock,  preferred  stock,  convertible  preferred,
convertible  notes and  bonds,  U.S.  governmental  agency  or agency  sponsored
obligations,   collateralized   mortgage   obligations   and  REMICs,   banker's
acceptances and commercial paper, certificates of deposit and federal funds.


                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>

     The following  table presents the  composition of the Company's  securities
available for sale and investment  securities held to maturity in dollar amounts
and percentages at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            1999                 1998                  1997
                                                    -------------------- --------------------  --------------------
                                                     CARRYING   PERCENT   CARRYING    PERCENT   CARRYING   PERCENT
                                                       VALUE   OF TOTAL     VALUE    OF TOTAL     VALUE   OF TOTAL
                                                       -----   --------     -----    --------     -----   --------
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>
                Securities available for sale
                (fair value):
                     U.S. Government securities
                       and agency obligations....   $171,992     61.24%  $ 117,220     59.27%  $ 57,620     49.02%
                     Obligations of states and
                       political subdivisions...      73,262     26.08      51,681     26.13     20,833     17.72
                     Mortgage-backed securities.      17,132      6.10       3,744      1.89      4,653      3.96
                     Corporate debt securities..       5,661      2.02      16,984      8.59     27,168     23.11
                     Mutual funds and marketable
                       equity securities........       5,486      1.95       4,822      2.44      3,971      3.38
                     Non-marketable equity
                       securities...............       7,338      2.61       3,307      1.68      3,307      2.81
                                                    --------    ------   ---------    ------   --------    ------
                          Total securities
                            available for sale..     280,871    100.00%    197,758    100.00%   117,552    100.00%
                                                    --------    ------   ---------    ------   --------    ------
                Investment securities held to
                  Maturity (amortized cost):
                     Mortgage-backed securities.       1,535     60.58%      1,980     56.85%     2,497     62.42%
                     Corporate and other debt
                       securities...............         999     39.42       1,503     43.15      1,503     37.58
                                                    --------    ------   ---------    ------   --------    ------
                          Total investment
                            securities held to
                            maturity............       2,534    100.00%      3,483    100.00%     4,000    100.00%
                                                    --------    ------   ---------    ------   --------    ------
                Total securities portfolio......    $283,405             $ 201,241             $121,552
                                                    ========             =========             ========
</TABLE>


                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>

     The following  table  presents  information  regarding the carrying  value,
weighted  average  yields  and  contractual  maturities  of the  Company's  debt
securities  available  for  sale  and  investment  securities  held to  maturity
portfolios  as of  September  30,  1999.  Weighted  average  yields are based on
amortized cost.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                MORE THAN ONE       MORE THAN FIVE           MORE THAN
                           ONE YEAR OR LESS   YEAR TO FIVE YEARS   YEARS TO TEN YEARS        TEN YEARS                 TOTAL
                        -------------------- ------------------------------------------ ----------------------  -------------------
                                   WEIGHTED             WEIGHTED             WEIGHTED               WEIGHTED               WEIGHTED
                         CARRYING   AVERAGE  CARRYING    AVERAGE   CARRYING   AVERAGE   CARRYING     AVERAGE    CARRYING    AVERAGE
                           VALUE     YIELD     VALUE      YIELD      VALUE     YIELD      VALUE       YIELD       VALUE      YIELD
                           -----     -----     -----      -----      -----     -----      -----       -----       -----      -----
                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                      <C>          <C>    <C>           <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>
Securities available
  for sale (fair value):
    U.S. Government
      securities
      and agency
      obligations        $ 129,948    5.23%  $ 34,775      6.22%    $ 7,269     6.85%    $               %      $171,992      5.50%
    Obligations of
      states and
      Political
      subdivisions(1)       43,576    5.41     19,855      6.24       9,053     6.89         778       6.60       73,262      5.83
    Mortgage-backed
      securities                                  220      6.57       1,063     7.10      15,849       6.60       17,132      6.63
    Corporate debt
      securities             1,018    9.09      4,643      6.11                                                    5,661      6.65
                         ---------           --------               -------              -------                --------
        Total due...     $ 174,542    5.30%  $ 59,493      6.22%    $17,385     6.88%    $16,627       6.60%    $268,047      5.69%
                         =========           ========               =======              =======                ========
Investment securities
  held to maturity
  (amortized cost):
    Mortgage-backed
      securities                                                        770     8.73         765       8.07        1,535      8.40
    Corporate debt
      securities                                                                             999       7.13          999      7.13
                         ---------           --------                                                           --------
        Total due...                                                $   770     8.73%    $ 1,764       7.54%    $  2,534      7.90%
                         =========           ========               =======              =======                ========
</TABLE>
- ----------

(1)  Weighted average yields are presented on a tax equivalent basis, using an
     assumed tax rate of 35%.


                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>

     The  following is a more detailed  discussion  of the Company's  securities
available for sale and investment securities held to maturity portfolios.

     U.S. Government  Securities and Agency Obligations.  The Company invests in
U.S.  Treasury   securities,   and  also  debt  securities  and  mortgage-backed
securities issued by government agencies and government- sponsored agencies such
as Fannie Mae, the FHLBs, Ginnie Mae and Freddie Mac. At September 30, 1999, the
Company's   investment  in  U.S.  Treasury  securities  totaled  $10.3  million,
comprised of $309,000 of U.S.  Treasury Bills with an average yield of 4.89% and
$10.0  million  of U.S.  Treasury  Notes  with an  average  yield of  5.25%.  At
September 30, 1999, all such  securities  were classified as available for sale.
At the same date,  the Company also held, as available for sale,  $161.6 million
of non-government  guaranteed bonds issued by the FHLBs,  Freddie Mac and Fannie
Mae, of which $129.6 million are discount notes. These securities had an average
yield of 5.52%,  and of these  securities  which were rated,  all had ratings of
"AAA."  The  Company's  investment  policy  does not  limit  the  amount of U.S.
government and agency obligations that can be held.

     Corporate  Debt  Securities.   The  Company's   corporate  debt  securities
portfolio, at September 30, 1999, totaled $6.7 million, and consisted of general
corporate obligations,  public utility and telephone bonds. All of the Company's
corporate debt securities were rated "BBB" or higher,  and $5.7 million and $1.0
million  were   classified   as  available   for  sale  and  held  to  maturity,
respectively.  The  Company's  investment  policy limits the amount of corporate
debt  securities  to  25%  of  the  Company's  total  securities   portfolio  or
approximately $70.9 million at September 30, 1999.

     Municipal  Securities.  At  September  30,  1999,  $64.2  million,  of  the
Company's  securities  consisted of tax exempt municipal bonds and notes, all of
which were  classified  as  available  for sale.  Of that $64.2  million,  $44.8
million were invested in general  obligations of  jurisdictions  in the State of
New York,  of which $40.5 million  represented  relationship  investments  in 54
separate municipalities,  including counties,  cities, school districts,  towns,
villages  and fire  districts.  In addition,  the Company held $19.4  million in
bonds of various  municipalities  throughout the United States. The Company also
held $9.1 million in taxable  municipal  securities  in bonds of  municipalities
within  New York  State.  The  Company's  municipal  securities  have a weighted
average  maturity  of 13  months  and a  taxable  equivalent  yield  of 5.83% at
September 30, 1999.  Interest  earned on municipal  bonds is exempt from federal
and, in some cases,  state income taxes. The Company's  investment policy limits
the amount of  municipal  securities  to 15% of the  Company's  total  assets or
approximately $137.3 million at September 30, 1999.

     Mutual Funds and Equity  Securities.  At September 30, 1999,  the Company's
mutual funds and equity securities portfolio totaled $12.8 million, all of which
was  classified  as available  for sale.  The single  largest  investment in one
issuer was $7.3 million of FHLB of New York stock, which the Company is required
to hold as a member  institution.  At September 30, 1999, the Company also had a
$5.4 million investment in Federated mutual funds, consisting of $4.0 million in
a Federated ARMs Fund,  which invests  primarily in adjustable and floating rate
mortgage  securities,  and $1.4 million in various other Federated mutual funds,
which  invest   primarily  in  the  common   stock  of   nationally   recognized
corporations.  The Company's investment policy limits the Company's  investments
in common and  preferred  stock and mutual  funds to 3% of the  Company's  total
assets,  or $27.5 million at September 30, 1999. The investment policy presently
limits the  Company's  investment  in the  securities  of any  single  issuer to
$500,000  and limits an  investment  in any stock  mutual  fund to .75% of total
assets ($6.9 million at September 30, 1999).

SOURCES OF FUNDS

     The Company's  lending and investment  activities  are primarily  funded by
deposits, repayments and prepayments of loans and securities,  proceeds from the
sale of loans and securities,  proceeds from maturing  securities and cash flows
from operations.  In addition,  the Company borrows from the FHLB of New York to
fund its operations.

     Deposits.  The Company offers a variety of deposit accounts with a range of
interest rates and terms.  The Company's  deposit  accounts  consist of interest
bearing checking,  non-interest  bearing checking,  business  checking,  regular
savings,  money market savings and time deposit accounts.  The maturities of the
Company's  time  deposit  accounts  range from three  months to five  years.  In
addition,  the Company  offers IRAs and Keogh  accounts.  To enhance its deposit
products and increase its market share, the Company offers overdraft  protection
and direct


                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>

deposit for its retail banking  customers and cash  management  services for its
business customers.  In addition, the Company offers a low-cost interest bearing
checking account service to its customers over 55 years of age. Rates on deposit
products are set by the Company's ALCO Committee.

     At September 30, 1999,  the Company's  deposits  totaled  $563.4 million or
83.2% of interest  bearing  liabilities.  At September 30, 1999,  the balance of
core deposits,  which is defined to include NOW accounts, money market accounts,
savings accounts and  non-interest  bearing  checking  accounts,  totaled $335.7
million,  or 59.6% of total  deposits.  At September 30, 1999, the Company had a
total of $227.7 million in time deposit  accounts,  or 40.4% of total  deposits,
and $177.2 million had maturities of one year or less.

     The flow of  deposits  is  influenced  significantly  by  general  economic
conditions,  changes in interest rates and competition.  The Company's  deposits
are obtained primarily from the six counties in which the Company's branches are
located.  The Company relies primarily on the competitive pricing of its deposit
products and customer  service and  long-standing  relationships  to attract and
retain these  deposits,  although  market  interest  rates and rates  offered by
competing  financial  institutions  affect the Company's  ability to attract and
retain deposits.  The Company uses traditional  means of advertising its deposit
products,  including local radio and print media,  and does not solicit deposits
from outside its market area.  In addition,  the Company does not use brokers to
obtain  deposits,  and at  September  30,  1999,  the  Company  had no  brokered
deposits.

     The following  table  presents the dollar amount and percent of deposits in
the  various  types of deposit  programs  offered by the Company as of the dates
indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                 ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1999                  1998                    1997
                                                 ------------------  ---------------------   --------------------
                                                             PERCENT               PERCENT                PERCENT
                                                   AMOUNT   OF TOTAL   AMOUNT     OF TOTAL     AMOUNT    OF TOTAL
                                                   ------   --------   ------     --------     ------    --------
                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                              <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
                 Savings accounts.............   $ 191,968  34.08%   $ 198,509    34.33%      $198,929     34.75%
                                                 ---------  ------   ---------    -----       --------     -----
                 Time deposit accounts:
                      2.00 - 3.99%............       6,209    1.10         682     0.12            268      0.04
                      4.00 - 4.99%............     160,315   28.46      10,174     1.76          5,893      1.03
                      5.00 - 5.99%............      53,587    9.51     236,312    40.87        246,686     43.10
                      6.00 - 6.99%............       4,833    0.86       6,679     1.15         11,762      2.06
                      7.00 - 7.99%............       2,768    0.49       2,698     0.47          2,578      0.45
                      8.00 - 9.99%............          --      --         129     0.02            160      0.03
                                                  --------  --------  --------     ----      ---------     -----
                           Total..............     227,712   40.42     256,674    44.39        267,345     46.71
                 Money market accounts........      20,348    3.61      15,708     2.72         13,121      2.29
                 NOW and Super NOW accounts...      86,305   15.32      76,195    13.18         71,442     12.48
                                                 ---------   -----   ---------    -----       --------     -----
                           Total interest
                             bearing Accounts.     526,333   93.43     547,086    94.62        550,838     96.23
                 Demand accounts..............      37,040    6.57      31,116     5.38         21,560      3.77
                                                 ---------   -----   ---------    -----       --------     -----
                           Total deposits.....   $ 563,373     100%  $ 578,202      100%      $572,397      100%
                                                 =========   =====   =========    =====       ========     ====
</TABLE>


                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth, by various rate  categories,  the amount of
the  Company's  time deposit  accounts  outstanding  by  maturities at the dates
indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        AMOUNTS DUE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                          -----------------------------------------------------------
                                          ONE YEAR     ONE TO      TWO TO       THREE TO
                                           OR LESS    TWO YEARS  THREE YEARS   FIVE YEARS      TOTAL
                                           -------    ---------  -----------   ----------      -----
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>
                Time deposit accounts:
                     2.00 - 3.99%....    $   6,209    $     --    $     --       $   --      $  6,209
                     4.00 - 4.99%....      131,952      20,064       4,303        3,996       160,315
                     5.00 - 5.99%....       31,415      14,897       3,732        3,543        53,587
                     6.00 - 6.99%....        4,833                                              4,833
                     7.00 - 7.99%....        2,768                                              2,768
                                         ---------    --------    --------       ------      --------
                          Total......    $ 177,177    $ 34,961    $  8,035       $7,539      $227,712
                                         =========    ========    ========       ======      ========
</TABLE>

     At September 30, 1999, the Company had  outstanding  $227.7 million in time
deposit accounts, maturing as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         WEIGHTED
                                            MATURITY PERIOD                 AMOUNT     AVERAGE RATE
                                            ---------------                 ------     ------------
                                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>              <C>
                                TIME DEPOSITS LESS THAN $100,000:
                                     Three months or less............     $  42,680        4.53%
                                     Over three months through six
                                       months........................        58,241        4.64
                                     Over six months through 12 months       56,578        4.75
                                     Over 12 months..................        45,724        5.08
                                                                          ---------
                                          Total......................     $ 203,223        4.74%
                                                                          =========
                                TIME DEPOSITS MORE THAN $100,000:
                                     Three months or less............     $   7,896        4.29%
                                     Over three months through six
                                        months.......................         7,782        4.68
                                     Over six months through 12 months        4,000        4.55
                                     Over 12 months..................         4,811        5.11
                                                                          ---------
                                          Total......................     $  24,489        4.62%
                                                                          =========
</TABLE>

     Borrowings. The principal source of the Company's borrowing is through FHLB
advances  and  repurchase  agreements.  The FHLB system  functions  in a reserve
credit capacity for member savings associations and certain other home financing
institutions.  Members of a FHLB are required to own stock in the FHLB,  and, at
September 30, 1999, the Company owned  approximately $7.3 million of FHLB stock.
The Company  uses FHLB  advances as an  alternative  funding  source to fund its
lending activities when it determines that it can profitably invest the borrowed
funds over their term.  As of September  30, 1999,  the Company had  outstanding
FHLB advances of  approximately  $145.2 million.  Such borrowings had a weighted
average interest rate of 5.49% and a weighted average term of 1.9 years.

     At September 30, 1999,  the Company also had $3.7 million of borrowed funds
in the form of securities sold under  agreements to repurchase at an agreed upon
price and date. The Company  generally  enters into these  agreements only as an
accommodation to its business customers but may utilize this funding source more
often in the future.

TRUST SERVICES

     The  Trust  Department  of the  Company  offers a full  range of  services,
including  living  trusts,  executor  services,  testamentary  trusts,  employee
benefit plan management,  custody services and investment management,  primarily
to  corporations,  unions  and  other  institutions.  The Trust  Department  has
retained the services of two  independent  financial  services  firms to provide
investment advice and to ratify the decisions of the Trust Department. Operation
of the Trust  Department is overseen by a Trust  Committee which consists of two
trust  officers and four members of the Company's  Board of Directors who rotate
on a semi-annual  basis. The Trust  Department  markets its services through its
trust officers who call on the Company's existing customers, the Company's CSSRs
and branch  managers who cross-sell the Trust  Department's  services,  and free
seminars  open to the public.  As of September  30, 1999,  the Trust  Department
managed over $315.3 million of assets,  which includes $113.7 million over which
the  Trust  Department  has  discretionary   investment  authority.   The  Trust
Department's fee income, which totaled $665,000 for the year ended September 30,
1999, supplements the Company's rate-sensitive interest income.



                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>

SAVINGS BANK LIFE INSURANCE

     Since 1939, the Company, through its Savings Bank Life Insurance Department
("SBLI"),  has been  offering a wide  variety of  low-cost  insurance  policies,
including whole life,  single premium life,  senior life and children's term, to
its customers  who live or work in the State of New York.  New York law mandates
that SBLI activities be segregated from those of the Company and, while the SBLI
does not  directly  affect the  Company's  earnings,  management  believes  that
offering SBLI is beneficial to the Company's  relationship  with its  customers.
The SBLI pays its own expenses and reimburses the Company for expenses  incurred
on its behalf.

SUBSIDIARY ACTIVITIES

     The following  are  descriptions  of the Bank's wholly owned  subsidiaries,
which are indirectly owned by Troy Financial.

     The Family Investment Services Co., Inc. The Family Investment Services Co.
("FISC"),  which  was  incorporated  in May  1989,  is the  Bank's  wholly  owed
full-service  brokerage firm, offering a complete range of investment  products,
including  mutual  funds  and  debt,  equity  and  government  securities,  on a
fee-per-transaction basis. FISC's goal is to market its products and services to
the Company's existing customers who seek alternatives to traditional  financial
institution  savings  products.  As a  complement  to  the  Company's  municipal
investment  activities,  FISC intends to begin  underwriting  general obligation
securities of state and political subdivisions. FISC has two full time employees
who interface with the Company's branches to facilitate referrals from the CSSRs
and  branch  managers,  as  well  as one  officer  who  assists  customers  with
investment   decisions  and  trading.  As  of  September  30,  1999,  FISC  held
approximately $79.0 million of customer assets. FISC is a member of the National
Association  of Securities  Dealers and is insured by the  Securities  Insurance
Protection Corporation.

     Family Mortgage  Banking Co. FMB, which was  incorporated in April 1987, is
the Bank's wholly owned mortgage banking subsidiary.  The Company originates the
majority of its  residential  real  estate and  residential  construction  loans
through FMB.

     Other Subsidiaries.  The Bank has ten other wholly owned subsidiaries:  The
Family Advertising Co. is an advertising agency; T.S. Capital is licensed by the
Small  Business  Administration  as a Small Business  Investment  Corporation in
order  to offer  small  business  loans  and make  equity  investments  in small
businesses; The Family Insurance Agency, Inc. is an insurance agency that offers
a full range of life and health insurance  products,  as well as  taxed-deferred
annuities;  and T.S.  Real  Property  Inc.,  Troy SB Real  Estate Co., 32 Second
Street, Camel Hill Corporation,  507 Heights Corp. and Realty Umbrella, Ltd. are
all related to the management of, or investment in, the Company's  foreclosed or
purchased  real estate.  Troy Realty  Funding Corp. is a real estate  investment
trust formed in 1999 to enhance both portfolio  yields and capital  growth.  The
Bank  funded  Troy  Realty  Funding  Corp with  approximately  $197  million  in
commercial real estate mortgages.  The interest income earned on those assets is
passed through to the Bank in the form of dividends.

COMPETITION

     The Company faces significant  competition for both deposits and loans. The
deregulation  of the  financial  services  industry and the  commoditization  of
savings and lending  products has led to  increased  competition  among  savings
banks and other financial  institutions for a significant portion of the deposit
and lending activity that had traditionally  been the arena of savings banks and
savings and loan  associations.  The Company  competes for  deposits  with other
savings banks,  savings and loan associations,  commercial banks, credit unions,
money market and other mutual funds,  insurance  companies,  brokerage firms and
other financial institutions, many of which are substantially larger in size and
have greater financial resources than the Company.

     The Company's  competition for loans comes  principally from savings banks,
savings and loan associations,  commercial banks, mortgage banks, credit unions,
finance companies and other institutional lenders, many of whom maintain offices
in the Company's  market area.  The Company's  principal  methods of competition
include providing  competitive loan and deposit pricing,  personalized  customer
service,  access to senior  management of the Company and  continuity of banking
relationships.



                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>

     Although  the  Company  is  subject to  competition  from  other  financial
institutions, some of which have much greater financial and marketing resources,
the  Company  believes it  benefits  by its  position  as a  community  oriented
financial  services  provider  with a long  history of serving its market  area.
Management  believes that the variety,  depth and  stability of the  communities
which the Company services support the service and lending activities  conducted
by the Company.

REGULATION

     Troy  Financial,  as a bank  holding  company,  is subject  to  regulation,
supervision,  and examination by the Federal  Reserve Board.  The Bank, as a New
York-chartered  bank and trust company,  is subject to regulation,  supervision,
and  examination  by  the  FDIC  as its  primary  federal  regulator  and by the
Superintendent as its state regulator.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

     Troy  Financial  is a bank  holding  company  subject  to  the  regulation,
supervision, and examination of the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding
Company  Act.  Troy  Financial  is required to file  periodic  reports and other
information  with the  Federal  Reserve,  and the  Federal  Reserve  may conduct
examinations of Troy Financial and the Bank.

     Troy  Financial is subject to capital  adequacy  guidelines  of the Federal
Reserve.  The guidelines apply on a consolidated  basis and require bank holding
companies to maintain a ratio of tier 1 capital to total assets of 4.0% to 5.0%.
There is a minimum  ratio of 3.0%  established  for the most  highly  rated bank
holding  companies.  The Federal  Reserve's  capital  adequacy  guidelines  also
require bank holding  companies to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying  total
capital to  risk-weighted  assets of 8.0%, and a minimum ratio of tier 1 capital
to  risk-weighted  assets of 4.0%.  As of September 30, 1999,  Troy  Financial's
ratio of tier 1 capital to total assets was 21.21%,  its ratio of tier 1 capital
to risk-weighted assets was 28.71%, and its ratio of qualifying total capital to
risk-weighted assets was 29.96%.

     Troy  Financial's  ability to pay dividends to its  stockholders and expand
its line of  business  through  the  acquisition  of new  banking or  nonbanking
subsidiaries can be restricted if its capital falls below levels  established by
the Federal Reserve's  guidelines.  In addition,  any bank holding company whose
capital  falls  below  levels  specified  in the  guidelines  can be required to
implement a plan to increase capital.

     The Federal  Reserve is empowered to initiate cease and desist  proceedings
and other supervisory actions for violations of the Bank Holding Company Act, or
the Federal Reserve's  regulations,  orders or notices issued thereunder.  Under
Federal Reserve regulations,  banks and bank holding companies which do not meet
minimum capital adequacy  guidelines are considered to be  undercapitalized  and
are required to submit an acceptable plan for achieving capital adequacy.

     Federal  Reserve  approval is required if Troy  Financial  seeks to acquire
direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of a bank if, after
such  acquisition,  Troy Financial  would own or control  directly or indirectly
more than 5% of the voting stock of the bank. Federal Reserve approval also must
be obtained if a bank holding company acquires all or  substantially  all of the
assets of a bank or merges or consolidates with another bank holding company.

     Bank holding  companies like Troy Financial are currently  prohibited  from
engaging in activities  other than banking and activities so closely  related to
banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. The
Federal Reserve regulations contain a list of permissible  nonbanking activities
that are  closely  related to banking or managing or  controlling  banks.  These
activities  include  lending  activities,  certain data  processing  activities,
securities  brokerage and investment  advisory  services,  trust  activities and
leasing  activities.  A bank holding  company must file an application or notice
with the Federal Reserve prior to acquiring more than 5% of the voting shares of
a company engaged in such activities.

     On November 12, 1999,  President  Clinton signed  legislation to reform the
U.S.  banking laws,  including the Bank Holding Company Act. The changes made to
the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  by  this  legislation,   referred  to


                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>

as the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act,  will be effective on March 11, 2000,  and will
expand the permissible activities of bank holding companies like Troy Financial.
Upon the effective date of the legislation,  Troy Financial will be permitted to
own and control  depository  institutions  and to engage in activities  that are
financial in nature or incidental to financial  activities,  or activities  that
are complementary to a financial  activity and do not pose a substantial risk to
the safety and soundness of  depository  institutions  or the  financial  system
generally.  The legislation  identifies certain activities that are deemed to be
financial in nature,  including nonbanking  activities currently permissible for
bank holding  companies to engage in both within and outside the United  States,
as  well  as  insurance  and  securities   underwriting   and  merchant  banking
activities.  The Federal Reserve is authorized under the legislation to identify
additional activities that are permissible financial activities,  but only after
consultation with the Department of the Treasury.

     In order to take advantage of this new authority,  a bank holding company's
depository  institution  subsidiaries  must be well capitalized and well managed
and have at least a  satisfactory  record of  performance  under  the  Community
Reinvestment Act. The Bank currently meets these  requirements.  No prior notice
to the Federal Reserve would be required to acquire a company  engaging in these
activities or to commence  these  activities  directly or  indirectly  through a
subsidiary.

     Under the Change in Bank Control Act, persons who intend to acquire control
of a bank  holding  company,  either  directly  or  indirectly  or through or in
concert with one or more persons, must give 60 days' prior written notice to the
Federal  Reserve.  "Control"  would exist when an  acquiring  party  directly or
indirectly  has  voting  control  of at  least  25% of Troy  Financial's  voting
securities  or the power to direct the  management  or policies of the  company.
Under Federal  Reserve  regulations,  a rebuttable  presumption of control would
arise with respect to an acquisition where, after the transaction, the acquiring
party has  ownership,  control  or the power to vote at least 10% (but less than
25%) of Troy Financial's common stock.

     The New York  Banking Law requires  prior  approval of the New York Banking
Board  before any action is taken that causes any  company to acquire  direct or
indirect control of a banking  institution that is organized in the State of New
York.  The term  "control"  is defined  generally to mean the power to direct or
cause the direction of the  management  and policies of the banking  institution
and is presumed to exist if the  company  owns,  controls or holds with power to
vote 10% or more of the voting stock of the banking institution.

Bank Regulation

     The Bank is a New York-chartered savings bank, and its deposit accounts are
insured up to applicable  limits by the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation
(the  "FDIC")  under the Bank  Insurance  Fund  ("BIF").  The Bank is subject to
extensive  regulation by the New York State Banking Department  ("NYSBD") as its
chartering  agency,  and by the FDIC as the deposit insurer.  The Bank must file
reports with the NYSBD and the FDIC  concerning  its  activities  and  financial
condition, and it must obtain regulatory approval prior to entering into certain
transactions,  such as  mergers  with,  or  acquisitions  of,  other  depository
institutions  and opening or acquiring  branch  offices.  The NYSBD and the FDIC
conduct  periodic  examinations  to assess the Bank's  compliance  with  various
regulatory  requirements.  This regulation and supervision is intended primarily
for the protection of the deposit insurance funds and depositors. The regulatory
authorities  have extensive  discretion in connection with the exercise of their
supervisory and enforcement  activities,  including the setting of policies with
respect to the  classification  of assets and the establishment of adequate loan
loss reserves for regulatory purposes.

     The Bank derives its lending,  investment  and other powers  primarily from
the  applicable  provisions  of the New  York  Banking  Law and the  regulations
adopted thereunder.  Under these laws and regulations,  savings banks, including
the Bank, may invest in real estate  mortgages,  consumer and commercial  loans,
certain types of debt securities,  including  certain  corporate debt securities
and obligations of federal,  state and local  governments and agencies,  certain
types of corporate  equity  securities and certain other assets.  A savings bank
may also exercise  trust powers upon  approval of the NYSBD.  Under the New York
Banking Law, the Bank is not  permitted to declare,  credit or pay any dividends
if capital  stock is impaired or would be impaired as a result of the  dividend.
In addition,  the New York Banking Law provides that the Bank cannot declare and
pay  dividends in any calendar year in excess of its "net profits" for such year
combined with its "retained  net profits" of the two preceding  years,  less any
required  transfer to surplus or a fund for the  retirement of preferred  stock,
without prior regulatory approval.



                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>

     The Bank is  subject to minimum  capital  requirements  imposed by the FDIC
that are  substantially  similar  to the  capital  requirements  imposed on Troy
Financial.  The FDIC regulations  require that the Bank maintain a minimum ratio
of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, and a minimum ratio
of tier 1 capital  to  risk-weighted  assets  of 4.0%.  In  addition,  under the
minimum  leverage-based  capital  requirement adopted by the FDIC, the Bank must
maintain a ratio of tier 1 capital to average total assets  (leverage  ratio) of
at least 3% to 5%,  depending on the Bank's CAMELS  rating.  As of September 30,
1999, the Bank's ratio of total capital to risk-weighted  assets was 20.61%, its
ratio of tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets was 19.36%, and the Bank's ratio
of tier 1 capital  to average  total  assets was  14.48%.  Capital  requirements
higher than the generally applicable minimum requirements may be established for
a  particular  bank if the FDIC  determines  that a bank's  capital  is,  or may
become,  inadequate  in view of its  particular  circumstances.  Failure to meet
capital  guidelines  could subject a bank to a variety of  enforcement  actions,
including actions under the FDIC's prompt corrective action regulations.

     State banks are limited in their  investments and activities  engaged in as
principal  to  those  permissible  under  applicable  state  law  and  that  are
permissible for national banks and their  subsidiaries,  unless such investments
and activities are specifically  permitted by the Federal Deposit  Insurance Act
or  the  FDIC  determines  that  such  activity  or  investment  would  pose  no
significant risk to the BIF. The FDIC has by regulation  determined that certain
real estate investment and securities  underwriting  activities do not present a
significant  risk to the BIF provided they are conducted in accordance  with the
regulations. Provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act which will be effective on
March 11, 2000,  will expand the  permissible  activities  of national  banks to
include the  activities  noted above that will be  permissible  for bank holding
companies,  other than insurance underwriting,  merchant banking and real estate
development or investment activities.

     The FDIC, as well as the NYSBD,  has extensive  enforcement  authority over
insured savings banks,  including the Bank. This enforcement authority includes,
among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties,  to issue cease
and desist  orders and to remove  directors  and  officers.  In  general,  these
enforcement  actions may be  initiated  in response  to  violations  of laws and
regulations and to unsafe or unsound practices.

     The Bank is subject to quarterly  payments on semiannual  insurance premium
assessments  for its FDIC deposit  insurance.  The FDIC  implements a risk-based
deposit  insurance   assessment  system.   Deposit  insurance  assessment  rates
currently  are  within a range of $0.00 to $0.27 per $100 of  insured  deposits,
depending on the assessment risk  classification  assigned to each  institution.
Under  current  FDIC  assessment  guidelines,  the Bank expects that it will not
incur any FDIC  deposit  insurance  assessments  during  the next  fiscal  year,
although the current system for assigning  assessment  risk  classifications  to
insured  depository  institutions  is being reviewed by the FDIC and the deposit
insurance  assessments  are  subject to change.  The Bank is subject to separate
assessments  to  repay  bonds  ("FICO  bonds")  issued  in the  late  1980's  to
recapitalize  the former  Federal  Savings and Loan Insurance  Corporation.  The
annual rate of  assessments  for the  payments on the FICO bonds for the quarter
beginning on October 1, 1999 is 1.184 basis points for  BIF-assessable  deposits
and 5.92 basis points for SAIF-assessable deposits.

     Transactions  between the Bank and any of its  affiliates  are  governed by
Sections  23A and 23B of the Federal  Reserve Act. An affiliate of a bank is any
company or entity that  controls,  is controlled  by or is under common  control
with the bank.  Currently,  a subsidiary of a bank that is not also a depository
institution  is not treated as an  affiliate  of a bank for purposes of Sections
23A and 23B, but the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act provides that certain subsidiaries
of the Bank which engage in activities  not  permissible  for a national bank to
engage in directly  would be considered  affiliates for purposes of Sections 23A
and 23B. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B (i) limit the extent to which a bank or
its subsidiaries may engage in "covered  transactions" with any one affiliate to
an amount equal to 10% of such  institution's  capital  stock and  surplus,  and
limit such  transactions  with all  affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such
capital  stock and surplus,  and (ii) require that all such  transactions  be on
terms  that are  consistent  with safe and  sound  banking  practices.  The term
"covered transaction" includes the making of loans, purchase of or investment in
securities issued by the affiliate,  purchase of assets,  issuance of guarantees
and other  similar  types of  transactions.  Most  loans by a bank to any of its
affiliates  must be secured by  collateral  in amounts  ranging  from 100 to 130
percent  of the loan  amount,  depending  on the  nature of the  collateral.  In
addition,  any covered  transaction  by a bank with an affiliate and any sale of
assets or  provision  of  services  to an  affiliate  must be on terms  that are
substantially  the  same,  or at  least  as  favorable,  to the  bank  as  those
prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies.
The Bank is also restricted in the loans it may make to its executive  officers,
directors,  any  owner  of 10% or  more of its  stock  and to  certain  entities
affiliated with any such person.



                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>

     The Bank is subject to certain  FDIC  standards  designed to  maintain  the
safety and soundness of individual  banks and the banking  system.  The FDIC has
prescribed safety and soundness  guidelines  relating to (i) internal  controls,
information systems and internal audit systems;  (ii) loan documentation;  (iii)
credit underwriting;  (iv) interest rate exposure; (v) asset growth and quality;
(vi)  earnings;  and (vii)  compensation  and benefit  standards  for  officers,
directors,  employees and principal  stockholders.  A state  nonmember  bank not
meeting one or more of the safety and  soundness  guidelines  may be required to
file a compliance plan with the FDIC.

     Under the FDIC's prompt corrective action regulations, insured institutions
will  be  considered  (i)  "well  capitalized"  if the  institution  has a total
risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of
6% or  greater,  and a  leverage  ratio  of 5% or  greater  (provided  that  the
institution is not subject to an order, written agreement,  capital directive or
prompt  corrective  action  directive to meet and  maintain a specified  capital
level for any capital measure), (ii) "adequately capitalized" if the institution
has a total  risk-based  capital  ratio of 8% or  greater,  a Tier 1 risk  based
capital  ratio of 4% or  greater  and a leverage  ratio of 4% or greater  (3% or
greater if the institution is rated composite CAMELS 1 in its most recent report
of examination  and is not  experiencing or  anticipating  significant  growth),
(iii) "undercapitalized" if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio
that is  less  than  8%,  or a Tier 1  risk-based  ratio  of less  than 4% and a
leverage ratio that is less than 4% (3% if the  institution  is rated  composite
CAMELS 1 in its most recent report of  examination  and is not  experiencing  or
anticipating  significant growth), (iv) "significantly  undercapitalized" if the
institution  has a total  risk-based  capital ratio that is less than 6%, Tier 1
risk-based  capital ratio of less than 3% or a leverage  ratio that is less than
3%, and (v)  "critically  undercapitalized"  if the  institution  has a ratio of
tangible  equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%. Under certain
circumstances,  the  FDIC  can  reclassify  a well  capitalized  institution  as
adequately capitalized and may require an adequately capitalized  institution or
an undercapitalized institution to comply with supervisory actions as if it were
in the  next  lower  category  (except  that  the  FDIC  may  not  reclassify  a
significantly  undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized).  At
September 30, 1999, the Bank was classified as a "well capitalized" institution.

     An  institution  that is  categorized  as  undercapitalized,  significantly
undercapitalized,  or  critically  undercapitalized  is  required  to  submit an
acceptable capital  restoration plan to its appropriate  federal banking agency,
which would be the FDIC for the Bank. An  undercapitalized  institution  also is
generally   prohibited  from   increasing  its  average  total  assets,   making
acquisitions,  establishing  any  branches,  or  engaging  in any  new  line  of
business, except in accordance with an accepted capital restoration plan or with
the approval of the FDIC.  In addition,  the FDIC may take any other action that
it  determines  will better  carry out the purpose of prompt  corrective  action
initiatives.

     The  Bank is not  permitted  to pay  dividends  if,  as the  result  of the
payment, it would become  undercapitalized,  as defined in the prompt corrective
action   regulations   of  the  FDIC.   In   addition,   if  the  Bank   becomes
"undercapitalized"  under  these  regulations,  payment  of  dividends  would be
prohibited  without  the  prior  approval  of the FDIC.  The Bank also  could be
subject to these dividend  restrictions  if the FDIC determines that the Bank is
in an unsafe or unsound condition or engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice.

     Under  Federal  Reserve  regulations,  the  Bank is  required  to  maintain
non-interest-earning  reserves against its transaction  accounts  (primarily NOW
and regular checking  accounts).  The Federal Reserve  regulations  require that
reserves of 3% must be  maintained  against  aggregate  transaction  accounts of
$44.3 million or less (subject to adjustment by the Federal  Reserve).  Reserves
of 10% (subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve between 8% and 14%) must be
maintained against that portion of total transaction accounts in excess of $44.3
million.  The first $5.0 million of otherwise  reservable  balances  (subject to
adjustment by the Federal  Reserve) are exempted from the reserve  requirements.
The Bank is in compliance  with the  foregoing  requirements.  Because  required
reserves   must  be   maintained   in  the  form  of  either   vault   cash,   a
non-interest-bearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank or a pass-through account
as defined by the Federal Reserve,  the effect of this reserve requirement is to
reduce the Bank's interest-earning assets.

     Various proposals have been before Congress, which would permit the payment
of interest on required reserve balances.  The Bank is unable to predict whether
or when such legislation will be enacted.

     The Bank is a member  of the  Federal  Home  Loan Bank  System  (the  "FHLB
System").  The FHLB System  consists of 12 regional  Federal Home Loan Banks and
provides a central credit facility primarily for member


                                     - 24 -
<PAGE>

institutions.  The Bank, as a member of FHLB of New York, is required to acquire
and hold shares of capital  stock in the FHLB of New York in an amount  equal to
the greater of 1.0% of the aggregate  principal amount of its unpaid residential
mortgage loans, home purchase contracts and similar obligations at the beginning
of each year, 5% of its FHLB of New York advances  outstanding,  or one per cent
of thirty per cent of total assets.  At September 30, 1999,  the Bank owned $7.3
million of FHLB of New York common stock.

     Advances  from the FHLB of New York are  secured  by a  member's  shares of
stock in the FHLB of New York and certain  types of mortgages  and other assets.
Interest  rates  charged for advances vary  depending  upon maturity and cost of
funds to the FHLB of New York. As of September 30, 1999,  the Company had $145.2
million of outstanding advances from the FHLB of New York.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

     The Company currently conducts its business through 14 full-service banking
offices.  The following  table sets forth the Company's  offices as of September
30, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    NET BOOK VALUE
                                             ORIGINAL               OF PROPERTY OR
                                               YEAR      DATE OF       LEASEHOLD
                                  LEASED OR  LEASED OR    LEASE     IMPROVEMENTS AT
         LOCATION                   OWNED    ACQUIRED  EXPIRATION SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
         --------                   -----    --------  -----------------------------
<S>                              <C>           <C>      <C>           <C>
HEADQUARTERS:
  Troy Office.............       Owned         1871          N/A      $4,046,447
  32 Second Street
  Troy, NY 12180

BRANCH OFFICES:
  Hudson Valley Plaza Office     Leased        1983     12/31/05          22,543
  75 Vandenburgh Avenue
  Troy, NY 12180
  East Greenbush Office...       Owned         1969          N/A         107,728
  615 Columbia Pike
  East Greenbush, NY 12061
  Albany Office.............     Owned         1995          N/A       1,342,822
  120 State Street
  Albany, NY 12207
  Watervliet Office.........     Leased        1983       3/1/03           2,668
  1601 Broadway
  Watervliet, NY 12189
  Latham Office.............     Leased        1989      6/30/04         388,877
  545 Troy-Schenectady Rd
  Latham, NY 12110
  Colonie Office............     Leased        1994      3/31/07          30,929
  103 Wolf Road
  Colonie, NY 12205
  Guilderland Office........     Leased        1997       6/9/07         309,115
  1704 Western Avenue
  Guilderland, NY 12203
  Schenectady Office........     Owned         1987          N/A         242,184
  1626 Union Street
  Schenectady, NY 12309
  Clifton Park/Halfmoon Office   Owned         1999          N/A         721,767
  2 Tower Way
  Clifton Park, NY 12065
  Clifton Park-Hannaford Office  Leased        1995      8/14/00          60,079
  9 Clifton Country Road
  Clifton Park, NY 12065
  Quaker Road Office........     Owned         1995          N/A       1,220,516
  44 Quaker Road
  Queensbury, NY 12804
  Queensbury Office.........     Leased        1979      9/30/04         145,298
  739 Upper Glen Street
  Queensbury, NY 12804
  Whitehall Office..........     Owned         1971          N/A         232,710
  184 Broadway
  Whitehall, NY 12887
</TABLE>


                                     - 25 -
<PAGE>

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The  Company is not a party to, nor is its  property  the  subject  of, any
material  pending  legal  proceeding,  other than  ordinary  routine  litigation
incidental to the business of the Company.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     Not applicable.

                                     PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     The Common  Stock is  currently  traded  over the counter and quoted on the
Nasdaq Stock Market  National  Market Tier under the symbol "TRYF." Because Troy
Financial  first  issued  stock on March  31,  1999,  closing  sale  prices  are
available  for the last two quarters of fiscal 1999 only.  The  following  table
sets  forth the  closing  sale  prices  for the  Common  Stock  for the  periods
indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 HIGH       LOW
                                                 ----       ---
                                 1999
<S>                                             <C>       <C>
                                 3rd quarter    $10.625   $10.000
                                 4th quarter    $11.250   $10.688
</TABLE>

     No  dividends  were paid in fiscal  1999.  The closing  price of the Common
Stock on September 30, 1999 was $10.8125.  The approximate  number of holders of
record of the Company's Common Stock at September 30, 1999 was 4,600.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The following  summary financial and other information about the Company is
derived from the Company's audited consolidated financial statements for each of
the five fiscal years ending September 30, 1999, 1998, 1997, 1996 and 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1999           1998       1997          1996         1995
                                                     ------------  ------------------------   ----------   ---------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>
               SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA:
                    Total assets.................    $ 915,096     $ 716,649   $     662,448  $   657,524  $ 629,652
                    Loans receivable, net........      556,142       457,321         468,160      451,822    408,615
                    Securities available for sale
                      (fair value)...............      280,871       197,758         117,552      148,917     44,725
                    Investment securities held to
                      maturity (amortized cost)...       2,534         3,483           4,000        4,515    102,096
                    Deposits.....................      563,373       578,202         572,397      564,606    552,462
                    Borrowings...................      148,933        47,464           4,728        9,899        842
                    Total equity.................      180,439        71,029          71,542       67,408     62,782
</TABLE>


                                     - 26 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,,
                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1999           1998       1997             1996       1995
                                                     ---------     ---------   -------------   -----------  ---------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>         <C>             <C>          <C>
               SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS:
               Interest and dividend income......    $  51,802     $  48,030   $      48,287   $    46,862  $  44,578
                    Interest expense.............       23,782        24,193          23,351        23,017     20,883
                                                     ---------     ---------   -------------   -----------  ---------
                      Net interest income........       28,020        23,837          24,936        23,845     23,695
                    Provision for loan losses....        3,250         4,050           3,900           928        965
                                                     ---------     ---------   -------------   -----------  ---------
                      Net interest income after
                         provision for loan losses      24,770        19,787          21,036        22,917     22,730
                                                     ---------     ---------   -------------   -----------  ---------
                    Non-interest income:
                      Service charges on deposits          892           858             822           802        809
                      Loan servicing fees........          523           432             460           443        430
                      Trust service fees.........          665           459             362           293        234
                      Net gains from securities
                        transactions                        17             8               4             1         34
                      Net gains (losses) from
                         mortgage loan sales.....          245            76              14           (14)        18
                      Other income...............          705           719           1,075         1,340        784
                                                     ---------     ---------   -------------   -----------  ---------
                         Total non-interest income       3,047         2,552           2,737         2,865      2,309
                                                     ---------     ---------   -------------   -----------  ---------
                    Non-interest expense:
                      Compensation and employee
                         Benefits................       10,839        10,218           9,573         9,009      7,596
                      Occupancy..................        2,094         2,101           2,089         1,956      1,519
                      Furniture, fixtures, and
                         Equipment...............          728         1,080             901           961        884
                      Computer charges...........        1,508         1,424           1,322         1,248      1,221
                      Professional, legal, and
                        other Fees..............         1,362           924             726           658        670
                      Printing, postage and
                         Telephone...............          707           614             559           543        521
                      Other real estate owned              781         1,087             380           499     (1,343)
                      Contributions .............        4,706         4,759             102           479         90
                      Other expenses.............        3,100         2,884           2,887         2,845      3,918
                                                     ---------     ---------   -------------   -----------  ---------
                         Total non-interest expense     25,825        25,091          18,539        18,198     15,076
                                                     ---------     ---------   -------------   -----------  ---------
                      Income (loss) before income
                        tax (benefit) expense......      1,992        (2,752)          5,234         7,584      9,963

                    Income tax (benefit) expense.          (85)       (1,874)          1,576         2,506      2,895
                                                     ----------    ---------   -------------   -----------  ---------
                    Net income (loss)............    $   2,077     $    (878)  $       3,658   $     5,078  $   7,068
                                                     =========     =========   =============   ===========  =========


                                                                                      (continued on following page)
</TABLE>


                                     - 27 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             AT OR FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1999        1998         1997        1996        1995
                                                     ----------- -----------  ----------- ----------- ---------
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>        <C>
                  SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS AND
                    OTHER DATA
                  Performance Ratios:
                    Return (loss) on average assets     0.57% (1)   0.27% (2)      0.55%       0.79%       1.15%
                    Return (loss) on average equity     3.43(1)     2.49(2)        5.22        7.84       11.97
                    Average equity to average total
                       Assets....................      16.60       10.80          10.57       10.05        9.56
                    Equity to total assets (period
                       end ).......................    19.72        9.91          10.80       10.25        9.97
                    Average interest earning
                       assets to
                       average interest bearing      122.89       113.96         112.29      110.80      110.12
                       liabilities...............
                    Net interest rate spread(3)..       3.17        3.32           3.50        3.49        3.65
                    Net interest rate margin(4)..       3.89        3.84           3.96        3.90        4.01
                    Efficiency ratio(5)..........      64.92(1)    71.22(2)       65.48       66.27       63.22
                    Operating expenses to average
                       assets ratio..............       2.64(1)     2.88(2)        2.74        2.75        2.66
                  ASSET QUALITY RATIOS:
                    Non-performing loans to total
                       Loans.....................       1.39        2.50           1.84        2.74        2.85
                    Non-performing assets to total
                       Assets....................       1.06        1.89           1.72        2.28        2.22
                    Allowance for loan losses to
                       total Loans...............       1.90        1.77           1.35        0.94        1.04
                    Allowance for loan losses to
                       Non-performing loans......     136.55       70.91          73.77       34.49       36.54
                  REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS
                  (CONSOLIDATED):
                    Leverage capital.............      21.21        9.89          10.64       10.20        9.83
                    Tier I risk-based capital....      28.71       14.02          15.01       14.48       15.21
                    Total risk-based capital.....      29.96       15.27          16.37       15.41       16.27
                  OTHER DATA:
                    Full-service banking offices.         14          14             13          13          13
                    Number of deposit accounts...     68,117      70,057         70,185      71,458      72,531
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1)  Excludes effect of the $4.1 million stock  contribution to The Troy Savings
     Bank Community Foundation..

(2)  Excludes  effect of the $4.5 million  contribution to The Troy Savings Bank
     Charitable Foundation.

(3)  Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the tax effected
     yield on average  interest  earning assets and the rate on average interest
     bearing liabilities.

(4)  Net interest rate margin represents the tax effected net interest income as
     a percentage of average interest earning assets.

(5)  The  efficiency  ratio  represents  non-interest  expenses  less other real
     estate owned expense,  divided by recurring revenues,  such as net interest
     income on a tax effected basis and non-interest income, excluding gains and
     losses on securities.


                                     - 28 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA
Three Months Ended                           Sep 30,  Jun 30,  Mar. 31,   Dec 31,   Sep 30,    Jun 30,   Mar. 31,  Dec 31,
(In thousands, except per share data )       1999     1999     1999       1998      1998       1998      1998      1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C> <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>       <C>      <C>
Interest and dividend income               $13,994   $13,346   $12,295    $12,167  $ 12,240    $11,762   $11,973  $ 12,055
Interest expense                             5,894     5,580     6,108      6,200     6,409      5,893     5,903     5,988
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income                          8,100     7,766     6,187      5,967     5,831      5,869     6,070     6,067
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision for loan losses                      813       812       812        813     1,017      1,011     1,011     1,011
Total non-interest income                      798       780       846        623       618        619       665       650
Total non-interest expense                   5,666     4,900    10,418      4,841    10,178      4,886     4,589     5,438
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before income tax
  Expense (benefit)                          2,419     2,834    (4,197)       936    (4,746)       591     1,135       268
Income tax expense (benefit)                   656       874    (1,848)       233    (2,380)       138       301        67
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income (loss)                          $ 1,763   $ 1,960  $ (2,349)     $ 703  $ (2,366)     $ 453    $  834      $201
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic earnings per share               (1) $  0.16   $  0.16         --      --           --        --        --        --
Diluted earnings per share             (1) $  0.16   $  0.16         --      --           --        --        --        --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Earnings per share data only applies to periods since the Company's initial
     public offering on March 31, 1999.


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
        RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL

     Troy  Financial was formed in December 1998 to be the bank holding  company
of the Bank upon the Bank's conversion from a New York-chartered  mutual savings
bank to a New  York-chartered  stock savings bank. Upon the Bank's conversion on
March 31, 1999,  Troy Financial  completed its initial public offering of stock,
issuing  12,139,021  shares of common stock, par value $.0001 per share ("Common
Stock"), including 408,446 shares contributed to The Troy Savings Bank Community
Foundation ( the "Foundation").  Troy Financial sold 11,730,575 shares of Common
Stock at a price of $10 per share  through a  subscription  offering  to certain
depositors of the Bank.  Net proceeds to Troy  Financial  from the offering were
$113.7  million  after  conversion  costs and  offering  costs.  Troy  Financial
invested  approximately  $57 million of the net proceeds as capital of the Bank,
and Troy  Financial used $9.6 million of the net proceeds from the conversion to
fund a loan to the Bank's  employee  stock  ownership  plan (the  "ESOP")  which
allowed the ESOP to purchase  971,122 shares of Common Stock in the open market.
Troy  Financial's  Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market's  National
Market Tier under the symbol "TRYF."

     The  consolidated   financial  condition  and  operating  results  of  Troy
Financial are primarily  dependent upon its wholly owned  subsidiary,  the Bank,
and the Bank's subsidiaries, and all references to Troy Financial prior to March
31, 1999, except where otherwise indicated, are to the Bank.

     The Bank is a community based, full service financial  institution offering
a wide  variety  of  business  and  retail  banking  products.  The Bank and its
subsidiaries  also  offer a full  range  of  trust,  insurance,  and  investment
services.  Troy Financial  also intends to apply to establish a commercial  bank
and  trust  company  that can  accept  municipal  deposits  to  complement  Troy
Financial's municipal investment activities. The Bank's primary sources of funds
are deposits and borrowings,  which it uses to originate real estate  mortgages,
both residential and commercial,  commercial  business loans, and consumer loans
throughout  its primary  market area which consists of the six New York counties
of Albany, Saratoga, Schenectady, Warren, Washington, and Rensselaer (Troy).

     Troy  Financial's  profitability,  like  many  financial  institutions,  is
dependent  to a  large  extent  upon  its  net  interest  income,  which  is the
difference between the interest it receives on interest earning assets,  such as
loans and investments, and the interest it pays on interest bearing liabilities,
principally deposits and borrowings.

     Results of operations  are also  affected by the Bank's  provision for loan
losses, non-interest expenses such as salaries and employee benefits,  occupancy
and other operating expenses and to a lesser extent, non-interest income


                                     - 29 -
<PAGE>

such as  mortgage  servicing  fees and  service  charges  on  deposit  accounts.
Financial institutions in general,  including Troy Financial,  are significantly
affected  by  economic  conditions,  competition  and the  monetary  and  fiscal
policies of the federal  government.  Lending  activities  are influenced by the
demand for and supply of  housing,  competition  among  lenders,  interest  rate
conditions  and  funds  availability.  Deposit  balances  and cost of funds  are
influenced  by  prevailing  market  rates  on  competing  investments,  customer
preferences  and levels of  personal  income and  savings in the Bank's  primary
market area.

COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1998

     Troy Financial's total assets were $915.1 million at September 30, 1999, an
increase of $198.5  million,  or 27.7% from the $716.6  million at September 30,
1998. The $198.5 million  increase was principally due to net proceeds from Troy
Financial's initial stock offering of $113.7 million as well as a $100.3 million
increase in  borrowings  from the Federal  Home Loan Bank of New York  ("FHLB"),
which was partially  offset by a $14.8 million  decrease in deposits,  primarily
attributable  to  authorized  withdrawals  from  deposit  accounts  to  pay  for
subscription orders in the stock offering.  The funds were principally  invested
in loans and securities  available for sale,  primarily  commercial  real estate
loans, commercial business loans, and U. S. Government agency discount bonds.

     Cash and cash  equivalents  were $35.9  million at September  30, 1999,  an
increase of $18.0  million  from the $17.9  million at September  30, 1998.  The
increase  principally  reflects  the Bank's  determination  to hold  excess cash
reserves in  anticipation  of an increased  demand for cash by depositors in the
quarter ending December 31, 1999 in anticipation of Year 2000 liquidity needs.

     The Bank's  securities  available for sale  portfolio was $280.9 million at
September 30, 1999, an increase of $83.1 million, or 42% over the $197.8 million
as of September 30, 1998.  The increase in securities was  principally  due to a
$54.8 million increase in U.S. Government  securities and agency obligations,  a
$21.6 million  increase in obligations of states and political  subdivisions,  a
$4.0 million  increase in FHLB stock,  and a $13.4 million  increase in mortgage
backed  securities,  partially  offset by a $11.3 million  decrease in corporate
debt  securities.  The  Bank  used  approximately  eighty  percent  of its  FHLB
borrowings  to fund  the  purchase  of  government  discount  bonds  in order to
maintain its qualifying assets ratio at its current level to preserve  favorable
New York State bad debt deduction rates.


                                     - 30 -
<PAGE>

     Total loans  receivable  were $566.9  million as of September  30, 1999, an
increase of $101.3  million or 21.8% over the $465.6 million as of September 30,
1998.  Commercial real estate loans increased $50.5 million to $216.7 million at
September 30, 1999 or 38.2% of total loans, from $166.2 million at September 30,
1998, or 35.7% of total loans. Commercial business loans increased $21.1 million
to $66.3  million,  or 11.7% of total loans at September 30, 1999, up from $45.2
million,  or 9.7% of  total  loans  at  September  30,  1998.  The  increase  in
commercial  real estate loans and commercial  business loans is consistent  with
Troy  Financial's  strategy to  increase  these loan  portfolios  as part of its
emphasis  on  commercial  banking  activities.  Residential  real  estate  loans
increased  $19.2  million,  or 9.5%, as Troy  Financial  elected to hold 15 year
fixed rate residential mortgages in its portfolio instead of selling them in the
secondary  mortgage  market.  Residential  loans as a percentage  of total loans
decreased  from 43.5% to 39.1%.  The  consumer  loan  portfolio  increased  $6.9
million from $42.0  million at September  30, 1998 to $48.9 million at September
30, 1999. The increase in the consumer loan portfolio was principally the result
of a direct mail  marketing  program  implemented  in the quarter ended June 30,
1999. Although the consumer loan portfolio increased in dollars, as a percentage
of total loans it decreased from 9.0% at September 30, 1998 to 8.6% at September
30, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    At September 30,
                                        1999                      1998                      1997                      1996
                                      --------                  --------                  --------                  --------
                                                     % of                      % of                      % of
                                       Amount       Total        Amount       Total        Amount       Total        Amount
                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>
(Dollars in thousands)
Real estate loans:
  Residential mortgage                  $221,721       39.11%     $202,511       43.50%     $214,638       45.23%     $204,879
  Commercial                             216,700       38.22%      166,186       35.69%      184,561       38.89%      191,624
  Construction                            13,761        2.43%       10,052        2.16%       15,508        3.27%       12,999
     Total real estate loans             452,182       79.76%      378,749       81.35%      414,707       87.39%      409,502
  Commercial business loans               66,274       11.69%       45,156        9.70%       29,961        6.31%       24,762
Consumer loans:
  Home equity lines of credit              6,776        1.20%        8,575        1.84%        9,883        2.08%        9,387
  Other consumer                          42,081        7.42%       33,445        7.18%       20,539        4.33%       13,159
     Total consumer loans                 48,857        8.62%       42,020        9.02%       30,422        6.41%       22,546
     Gross loans                         567,313                   465,925                   475,090                   456,810
     Net deferred loan fees and
       costs and unearned
          discount                          -407       -0.07%         -344       -0.07%         -501       -0.11%         -684
     Total loans                        $566,906      100.00%     $465,581      100.00%     $474,589      100.00%     $456,126
     Allowance for loan losses           -10,764                    -8,260                    -6,429                    -4,304
      Total loans receivable, net       $556,142                  $457,321                  $468,160                  $451,822

<CAPTION>

                                                     1995
                                                   ------
                                        % of                      % of
                                       Total        Amount        Total
                                    ----------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>             <C>
(Dollars in thousands)
Real estate loans:
  Residential mortgage                    44.92%     $193,720        46.92%
  Commercial                              42.01%      171,830        41.61%
  Construction                             2.85%        9,354         2.27%
     Total real estate loans              89.78%      374,904        90.80%
  Commercial business loans                5.43%       19,038         4.61%
Consumer loans:
  Home equity lines of credit              2.06%        8,620         2.09%
  Other consumer                           2.88%       11,140         2.69%
     Total consumer loans                  4.94%       19,760         4.78%
     Gross loans                                      413,702
     Net deferred loan fees and
       costs and unearned
          discount                        -0.15%         -790        -0.19%
     Total loans                         100.00%     $412,912       100.00%
     Allowance for loan losses                         -4,297
      Total loans receivable, net                    $408,615
</TABLE>


                                     - 31 -
<PAGE>

     Non-performing  assets at September 30, 1999 were $9.7 million, or 1.06% of
total assets,  compared to $13.5 million,  or 1.89% of total assets at September
30, 1998.  The $3.8 million  decrease in  non-performing  loans at September 30,
1999 as  compared  to  September  30,  1998 was  attributable  primarily  to the
repayment during fiscal 1999 of three commercial real estate loans.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Non-performing Assets Schedule
September 30,
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           1999               1998               1997              1996               1995
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     ( DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS )
<S>                                              <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>
Non-accrual Loans:
  Real Estate Loans:
   Residential Mortgage                          $2,707            $2,900             $2,598            $3,418             $3,676
   Commercial Mortgage                            4,210             6,327              3,438             6,613              4,241
   Construction                                      --                 --               350               516                 --
     Total Real Estate Loans                      6,917             9,227              6,386            10,547              7,917
  Commercial Business Loans                          10                31                 33               105                236
  Home Equity Lines of Credit                        58               259                 --                --                 --
  Other Consumer Loans                              282                50                 40                17                  2
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total Non-accrual Loans                      7,267             9,567              6,459            10,669              8,155
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Loans Contractually Past Due
    90 Days or More
 Other Than Non-accruing                             --                --                 --                --                  4
Troubled Debt Restructurings                        616             2,081              2,256             1,810              3,602
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Non-performing Loans                        7,883            11,648              8,715            12,479             11,761
Other Real Estate Owned Assets:
  Residential Real Estate                            76               345                589               622                 67
  Commercial Real Estate                          1,769             1,527              2,101             1,903              2,122
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total Real Estate Owned                      1,845             1,872              2,690             2,525              2,189
     Total Non-performing Assets                 $9,728           $13,520            $11,405           $15,004            $13,950
                                   ===============================================================================================
Allowance for Loan Losses                       $10,764            $8,260             $6,429            $4,304             $4,297
                                   ===============================================================================================
Allowance for Loan Losses
as a Percentage of
Non-performing Loans                            136.55%            70.91%             73.77%            34.49%             36.54%
                                   ===============================================================================================
Non-performing Loans
as a Percentage of
Total Loans                                       1.39%             2.50%              1.84%             2.74%              2.85%
                                   ===============================================================================================
Non-performing Assets
as a Percentage of
Total Assets                                      1.06%             1.89%              1.72%             2.28%              2.22%
                                   ===============================================================================================
</TABLE>


                                     - 32 -
<PAGE>

     The allowance for loan losses is  established  through a provision for loan
losses  charged  to  earnings  based  on Troy  Financial's  evaluation  of risks
inherent in its entire loan portfolio. Such evaluation,  which includes a review
of all known loans for which full  collectibility may not be reasonably assured,
considers the market value of the underlying collateral,  growth and composition
of the loan portfolio,  delinquency  trends,  adverse situations that may affect
borrowers' ability to repay, prevailing economic conditions and trends and other
factors that warrant recognition in providing for an adequate allowance for loan
losses.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Allowance for loan losses
For the years ended September 30,              1999            1998           1997             1996                1995
                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          ( Dollars in thousands )
<S>                                          <C>             <C>              <C>             <C>                 <C>
Total loans outstanding
  ( at end of period )                       $566,906        $465,581         $474,589        $456,126            $412,912
                                           =======================================================================================
Average total loans outstanding              $505,489        $467,406         $471,779        $432,569            $398,793
                                           =======================================================================================
Allowance for loan losses
  at beginning of year                         $8,260          $6,429           $4,304          $4,297              $4,190
                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loan charge-offs:
     Residential Real Estate                     (362)           (521)            (320)           (578)               (199)
     Commercial Real Estate                      (252)         (1,612)          (1,286)           (165)               (392)
     Construction Real Estate                      --            (130)            (140)           (401)                (82)
     Commercial Business                          (75)            (51)            (110)            (17)               (286)
     Home Equity Lines of Credit                   --              --               --              --                  (3)
     Other Consumer Loans                        (306)           (132)             (34)             (8)                (72)
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total charge-offs                        (995)         (2,446)          (1,890)         (1,169)             (1,034)
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Loan recoveries:
     Residential Real Estate                       40             147               80              92                  34
     Commercial Real Estate                       176              57               13              83                  94
     Construction Real Estate                      13              --               --              58                  --
     Commercial Business                            8               4               12               9                   9
     Home Equity Lines of Credit                   --              --               --               1                   4
     Other Consumer Loans                          12              19               10               5                  35
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total recoveries                          249             227              115             248                 176
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loan charge-offs ( net of recoveries )           (746)         (2,219)          (1,775)           (921)               (858)
Provision charged to operations                 3,250           4,050            3,900             928                 968
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allowance for loan losses, at end of year     $10,764          $8,260           $6,429          $4,304              $4,297
                                           ======================================================================================

Ratio of net charge-offs during the year
  to Average loans outstanding during
  the year                                       0.15%           0.48%            0.38%           0.21%               0.22%
Allowance as a percentage of
  non-performing loans                         136.55%          70.91%           73.77%          34.49%              36.54%
Allowance as a percentage of total loans
  ( end of year )                                1.90%           1.77%            1.35%           0.94%               1.04%
</TABLE>


                                     - 33 -
<PAGE>

     While Troy  Financial  believes it uses the best  information  available to
determine  the  allowance  for  loan  losses,  unforeseen  economic  and  market
conditions could result in adjustments to the allowance for loan losses, and net
earnings could be significantly  affected if circumstances  differ substantially
from the  assumptions  used in making  the  final  determination.  In  addition,
various regulatory  agencies,  as an integral part of their examination process,
periodically  review Troy  Financial's  allowance for loan losses and other real
estate owned. Such agencies may require Troy Financial to recognize additions to
the  allowance for loan losses or writedowns of other real estate owned based on
their  judgements  about  information  available  to them at the  time of  their
examination  which may not be  currently  available  to  management.  Management
believes Troy Financial's allowance for loan losses is adequate at September 30,
1999;  however,  future  adjustments  could be  necessary  and Troy  Financial's
results of  operations  could be  adversely  affected  if  circumstances  differ
substantially  from the assumptions  used in the  determination of the allowance
for loan losses.

ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME

     Troy Financial's earnings are dependent largely on its net interest income,
which is the difference between the amount that Troy Financial receives from its
interest  earning  assets and the  amount  that Troy  Financial  pays out on its
interest bearing liabilities.


                                     - 34 -
<PAGE>
     Average Balance Sheet.  The following table sets forth certain  information
relating  to Troy  Financial's  interest  earning  assets and  interest  bearing
liabilities  for the  periods  indicated.  The yields and rates were  derived by
dividing tax effected interest income or interest expense by the average balance
of assets or  liabilities,  respectively,  for the periods shown.  Statutory tax
rates  were used to  calculate  tax  exempt  income on a tax  equivalent  basis.
Average  balances were computed based on average  monthly  balances.  Management
believes that the use of average monthly balances instead of daily balances does
not have a material  effect on the  information  presented.  The yields on loans
include  deferred fees and discounts  which are  considered  yield  adjustments.
Non-accruing loans have been included in loan balances.  The yield on securities
available for sale is computed based on amortized cost.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            1999                                      1998
                                                                         AVERAGE                                   AVERAGE
                                             AVERAGE                     YIELD/        AVERAGE                     YIELD/
                                             BALANCE      INTEREST        RATE         BALANCE      INTEREST        RATE
                                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        ( DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS )
<S>                                            <C>            <C>             <C>        <C>            <C>             <C>
INTEREST EARNING ASSETS:
Total loans                                    $505,489       $39,523         7.82%      $467,405       $38,315         8.20%
Loans held for sale                               5,803           406         6.99%         6,830           527         7.72%
Investment securities held
to maturity                                       2,826           222         7.86%         3,753           300         7.99%
Securities available for sale
  Taxable                                       132,689         7,108         5.36%        69,171         4,121         5.96%
  Tax-exempt                                     58,020         3,407         5.87%        55,996         3,286         5.87%
                                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total securities available for sale        190,709        10,515         5.51%       125,167         7,407         5.92%
Federal funds sold and other
  Short-term investments                         46,745         2,371         5.07%        45,631         2,553         5.59%
                                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total earning assets                    751,572        53,037         7.06%       648,786        49,102         7.57%
                                                               ------                                    ------

Allowance for loan losses                       (9,702)                                   (6,725)

Cash & due from banks                            16,898                                    10,782
Other non-earning assets                         35,653                                    25,311
                                                 ------                                    ------
Total assets                                   $794,421                                  $678,154
                                               ========                                  ========
<CAPTION>
                                              FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                         ------------------------------------------
                                                          1997
                                                                       AVERAGE
                                           AVERAGE                      YIELD/
                                           BALANCE      INTEREST         RATE
                                         ------------------------------------------
                                                  ( DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS )
<S>                                          <C>            <C>              <C>
Interest earning assets:
Total loans                                  $471,779       $38,851          8.23%
Loans held for sale                             2,743           199          7.25%
Investment securities held
to maturity                                     4,266           353          8.27%
Securities available for sale
  Taxable                                     121,483         7,262          5.98%
  Tax-exempt                                    3,195           184          5.76%
                                         ------------------------------------------
     Total securities available for sale      124,678         7,446          5.97%
Federal funds sold and other
  Short-term investments                       27,560         1,503          5.45%
                                         ------------------------------------------
        Total earning assets                  631,026        48,352          7.66%
                                                             ------

Allowance for loan losses                     (4,703)

Cash & due from banks                          12,077
Other non-earning assets                       23,822
                                               ------
Total assets                                 $662,222
                                             ========
</TABLE>
(continued)
                                     - 35 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
                                                                FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            1999                                      1998
                                                                         AVERAGE                                   AVERAGE
                                             AVERAGE                     YIELD/        AVERAGE                     YIELD/
                                             BALANCE      INTEREST        RATE         BALANCE      INTEREST        RATE
                                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     ( DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS )
<S>                                            <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>

INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES:
Deposits:
  NOW and Super N.O.W. accounts                 $80,596        $1,758         2.18%       $77,010        $1,696         2.20%
  Money market deposit accounts                  18,500           555         3.00%        13,995           431         3.08%
  Savings accounts                              195,558         5,581         2.85%       195,177         6,451         3.31%
  Time deposits accounts                        243,978        12,261         5.04%       264,538        14,701         5.56%
  Stock subscription  funds in Escrow             9,069           253         2.79%             -             -             -
  Escrow accounts                                 3,277            62         1.89%         3,704            60         1.62%
                                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total interest-bearing deposits         550,978        20,470         3.72%       554,424        23,339         4.21%
Borrowings:
  Securities sold under agreements to
    Repurchase                                    3,286           102         3.10%         1,222            33         2.70%
  Other short-term borrowings                    12,581           633         5.04%            -             -             -
  Long term-debt                                 44,720         2,577         5.76%        13,681           821         6.00%
                                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total borrowings                         60,587         3,312         5.47%        14,903           854         5.73%

        Total interest-bearing                  611,565        23,782         3.89%       569,327        24,193         4.25%
          liabilities

Demand deposits                                  33,860                                    25,399
Other non-interest bearing liabilities           17,088                                    10,726
Total shareholders' equity                      131,908                                    72,702
                                                -------                                    ------
Total liabilities and shareholders'            $794,421                                  $678,154
                                               ========                                  ========
equity

Interest rate spread                                                          3.17%                                     3.32%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INTEREST INCOME AND
  NET INTEREST MARGIN                                          29,255         3.89%                      24,909         3.84%
                                                        ============================              ============================

Ratio of interest-earning assets to
  Interest-bearing liabilities                                              122.89%                                   113.96%

Tax equivalent adjustment                                       1,235                                     1,072

Net interest income as per consolidated
financial statements                                          $28,020                                   $23,837
                                                        ==============                            ==============

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                                               FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                          ------------------------------------------
                                                           1997
                                                                        AVERAGE
                                            AVERAGE                      YIELD/
                                            BALANCE      INTEREST         RATE
                                          ------------------------------------------
                                                    ( DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS )
<S>                                            <C>            <C>             <C>
Interest bearing liabilities:
Deposits:
  NOW and Super N.O.W. accounts                $71,581        $1,590          2.22%
  Money market deposit accounts                 14,168           433          3.06%
  Savings accounts                             201,612         6,647          3.30%
  Time deposits accounts                       261,032        14,087          5.40%
  Stock subscription  funds in Escrow                -             -             -
  Escrow accounts                                3,941            55          1.40%
                                          ------------------------------------------
        Total interest-bearing deposits        552,334        22,812          4.13%
Borrowings:
  Securities sold under agreements to
    Repurchase                                     704            29          4.12%
  Other short-term borrowings                    4,403           242          5.50%
  Long term-debt                                 4,540           268          5.90%
                                          ------------------------------------------
        Total borrowings                         9,647           539          5.59%
        Total interest-bearing                 561,981        23,351          4.16%
           liabilities
Demand deposits                                 20,676
Other non-interest bearing liabilities           9,554
Total shareholders' equity                      70,011
                                                ------
Total liabilities and shareholders'           $662,222
  equity                                      ========


Interest rate spread                                                          3.50%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income and
  Net interest margin                                         25,001          3.96%
                                                       =============================

Ratio of interest-earning assets to
  Interest-bearing liabilities                                              112.29%

Tax equivalent adjustment                                         65

Net interest income as per consolidated
financial statements                                         $24,936
                                                       ==============
</TABLE>

                                     - 36 -
<PAGE>

     Rate/Volume  Analysis.  The  following  table  presents the extent to which
changes in interest  rates and changes in the volume of interest  earning assets
and interest bearing liabilities have affected Troy Financial's  interest income
and interest  expense during the periods  indicated.  Information is provided in
each category with respect to:

     (1)  changes   attributable   to  changes  in  volume  (changes  in  volume
          multiplied by prior year rate);

     (2)  changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by
          prior year volume); and

     The changes  attributable  to the  combined  impact of volume and rate have
been allocated  proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due
to rate.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999  FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                       COMPARED TO                          COMPARED TO
                                            THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998      THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                        --------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 INCREASE (DECREASE)
                                                     DUE TO                               DUE TO
                                            ------------------------               --------------------
                                              VOLUME         RATE         NET         VOLUME       RATE      NET
                                              ------         ----         ---         ------       ----      ---
<S>                                            <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
  TOTAL LOANS                                  3,636       (2,427)        1,209        (342)      (194)         (536)
  LOANS HELD FOR SALE                           (75)          (47)        (122)          315         13           328
    INVESTMENT SECURITIES                       (73)           (5)         (78)         (41)       (12)          (53)
    SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
     TAXABLE                                   3,355         (368)        2,987      (3,117)       (24)       (3,141)
     TAX-EXEMPT                                  119             2          121        3,098          4        3,102
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      TOTAL SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE      3,474         (366)        3,108         (19)       (20)          (39)
    FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD AND
      OTHER SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS                65         (247)        (182)        1,011         39        1,050
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               TOTAL EARNING ASSETS            7,027       (3,092)        3,935          924      (174)           750

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
  DEPOSITS:
    N.O.W. AND SUPER N.O.W. ACCOUNTS              78          (17)           61          120       (14)           106
    MONEY MARKET DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS                135          (11)          124          (5)          3           (2)
    SAVINGS ACCOUNTS                              13         (882)        (869)        (216)         20         (196)
    TIME DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS                    (1,093)       (1,346)      (2,439)          189        425           614
    STOCK SUBSCRIPTION FUNDS IN ESCROW           127           126          253                      --            --
    ESCROW ACCOUNTS                              (4)             6            2          (2)          7             5
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS    (744)       (2,124)      (2,868)           86        441           527
  BORROWINGS:
    SECURITIES SOLD UNDER
     AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE                     63             5           68            7        (3)             4
    OTHER SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS                  634             0          634        (121)      (121)         (242)
    LONG-TERM DEBT                             1,787          (32)        1,755          548          5           553
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           TOTAL BORROWINGS                    2,484          (27)        2,457          434      (119)           315
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES  1,740       (2,151)        (411)          520        322           842
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INTEREST INCOME                            5,287         (941)        4,346          404      (496)          (92)
                                             =========================================================================
</TABLE>


                                     - 37 -
<PAGE>

COMPARISON OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 AND
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998

     General.  Troy  Financial  recorded net income of $2.1 million for the year
ended September 30, 1999,  compared to a net loss of $878,000 for the year ended
September  30,  1998.  The  increase  was  principally  the result of higher net
interest  income,  lower  provision  for loan  losses,  and higher  non-interest
income, partially offset by higher non-interest expenses and income tax expense.
Troy  Financial's  earnings  per share were  $0.32 for the period  April 1, 1999
through September 30, 1999, following the initial public offering.

     Net Interest Income.  Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis for the
year ended  September 30, 1999, was $29.3 million,  an increase of $4.3 million,
or 17.4%,  when compared to the year ended  September 30, 1998. The increase was
primarily  attributable to a $102.8 million increase in average interest earning
assets  which more than offset the $42.2  million  increase in average  interest
bearing  liabilities.  The increase in interest  earning assets was  principally
funded by the net proceeds received from the initial public offering and a $45.7
million increase in average borrowings.  Net interest income was also positively
affected  by the 36  basis  point  decrease  in  average  cost of  funds,  which
partially  offset  the 51 basis  point  decrease  in  average  yield on  average
interest earning assets. Troy Financial has utilized longer term borrowings with
the FHLB to  provide  some  stability  in its  funding  costs  and to match  the
maturities of some of its longer term commercial real estate loans.

     Interest  and  dividend  income for the year ended  September  30, 1999 was
$53.0 million on a tax equivalent  basis, an increase of $3.9 million,  or 8.0%,
over the prior  year.  The  increase  in the volume of earning  assets more than
offset the 51 basis point decrease in the average yield on earning assets.

     The average balance of taxable  available for sale securities  increased by
$63.5  million for the year ended  September 30, 1999,  compared to 1998,  which
offset  the 60 basis  points  decrease  in average  yield.  Troy  Financial  has
invested  primarily in short-term  government  agency  discount bonds  providing
liquidity  comparable to federal funds while still offering a yield greater than
the 5.07% average yield for federal funds sold and other short term investments.
The average loan yield for the year ended September 30, 1999 was 7.82%,  down 38
basis points from the previous  year, but 246 basis points higher than the 5.36%
average yield on taxable available for sale securities.  Troy Financial has also
invested in tax-exempt municipal securities, primarily maturing within one year.
The average tax equivalent yield on these securities for 1999 was 5.87%, similar
to the  yield in 1998 and 80  basis  points  higher  than the  average  yield on
federal funds sold and other short term investments for the year ended September
30, 1999.

     Interest  expense for the year ended September 30, 1999, was $23.8 million,
a decrease of $411,000,  or 1.7% over the year ended  September  30,  1998.  The
change was  principally  due to a 36 basis point decrease in the average cost of
funds, which more than offset the increase in average volume of interest bearing
liabilities.  The average  balance of interest  bearing  liabilities  was $611.6
million for the year ended September 30, 1999, an increase of $42.2 million,  or
7.4%,  primarily  attributable  to an  increase in average  borrowings  of $45.7
million,  which  offset a $3.4  million  decrease  in average  interest  bearing
deposits,  primarily  the result of  approximately  $26  million  in  authorized
withdrawals from deposit accounts to pay for stock  subscription  orders, net of
deposit growth. The average balance of FHLB borrowings was $57.3 million for the
year ended  September  30,  1999,  as compared to $13.7  million in the previous
year.  The  increase  in average  FHLB debt more than  offset the $20.6  million
decline in average time deposit accounts,  which Troy Financial experienced as a
result of the decrease in time deposits rates.

     Troy Financial's net interest margin was 3.89% for the year ended September
30, 1999, compared to 3.84% for 1998. The slight increase in net interest margin
reflects a $102.8 million  increase in average earning assets,  due primarily to
Troy Financial's initial public offering and higher borrowings,  which more than
offset the 51 basis point decline in average yield on earning assets, and the 36
basis  point  decrease  in average  cost of funds,  which  more than  offset the
increase in average interest bearing liabilities. The decline in average cost of
funds was principally  caused by the decrease in rates paid on savings  accounts
and  time  deposits  as well  as the  decrease  in  average  rates  paid on FHLB
borrowings,  which was partially  offset by the increase in average  borrowings.
The  decrease  in the  yield  on  interest  earning  assets  was  caused  by the
investment  of a  substantial  portion of the  offering  proceeds in  short-term
government  agency bonds and federal  funds,  with lower  yields than  long-term
securities,  but which  provide the liquidity  required to fund higher  yielding
loan growth.



                                     - 38 -
<PAGE>

     Provision  For Loan Losses.  The provision for loan losses was $3.3 million
for fiscal 1999,  compared to $4.1 million for fiscal 1998.  The decrease in the
provision was primarily  attributable to a reduction in non-performing  loans of
$3.8  million  from  $11.6  million at  September  30,  1998 to $7.9  million at
September 30, 1999. The allowance for loan losses provides coverage of 136.6% of
non-performing loans at September 30, 1999, as compared to 70.9% as of September
30, 1998.  The  percentage  of the allowance for loan losses to period end loans
was 1.90% and 1.77% for  fiscal  years  ended 1999 and 1998,  respectively.  The
decrease in  provision  was also the result of a decrease of $1.5 million in net
charge-offs  to $746,000 for the year ended  September  30, 1999 compared to the
prior year.

     In determining the appropriate  provision for loan losses,  management also
considers general economic conditions and real estate trends in Troy Financial's
market  area,  both  of  which  can  impact  the  inherent  risk of loss in Troy
Financial's current loan portfolio. Troy Financial anticipates its provision for
loan losses to remain at  approximately  its current levels through at least the
first fiscal  quarter  ending  December 31, 1999 and for its  allowance for loan
losses to continue to increase,  as the mix of Troy  Financial's  loan portfolio
includes an  increasing  percentage  of higher  credit risk loan types,  such as
commercial  real estate loans and commercial  business  loans.  Commercial  real
estate loans and commercial business loans now represent 49.9% of the total loan
portfolio at September 30, 1999 compared to 45.4% at September 30, 1998.

     Non-Interest  Income.  Non-interest  income was $3.0  million  for the year
ended September 30, 1999, an increase of $495,000,  or 19.4% from the year ended
September  30, 1998.  The increase  was  principally  caused by increases in net
gains from mortgage loan sales,  trust service fees,  loan  servicing  fees, and
service  charges  on  deposits.  Net gains  from  mortgage  loan  sales  were up
$169,000,  or 222.4%,  during the year ended  September 30, 1999, as compared to
1998.  Trust  service fees were up $206,000,  or 44.9%,  as a result of a higher
balance of assets  managed than in the prior year.  Loan  servicing fees were up
$91,000, or 21.1% as a result of a higher balance of loans serviced for the year
ended  September  30, 1999,  as compared to the year ended  September  30, 1998.
Service charges on deposit  accounts were up $34,000,  or 4.0%,  compared to the
prior year, due primarily to a $20.7 million  increase in  transaction  accounts
from September 30, 1999 to September 30, 1998.

     Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense for the year ended September 30,
1999 was $25.8 million,  an increase of $734,000,  or 2.9%, over the prior year.
During fiscal 1999, Troy Financial  established a Community  Foundation to which
it  contributed  408,446  shares  of  common  stock.  In  connection  with  this
contribution  of  common  stock  to the  Community  Foundation,  Troy  Financial
recorded a pre-tax expense equal to the value of the contribution  ($4.1 million
) in the second  quarter of fiscal  1999.  In fiscal  1999,  in  addition to the
contribution  of common stock to the Community  Foundation,  Troy Financial also
contributed the Troy Savings Bank Music Hall to the Music Hall  Foundation.  The
pre-tax expense related to this  contribution  was $229,000.  Under the Internal
Revenue Code ("IRC"),  there is an annual charitable deduction limitation of 10%
of our annual, pre-contribution,  taxable income. The non-deductible part of our
contribution expense, however, may be carried forward for five years, subject to
the annual 10% limitation.  To the extent that our charitable  deductions exceed
this 10% deduction  limitation,  based on estimated  future taxable  income,  we
would  not be able to  recognize  the  full  tax  benefit  associated  with  our
contributions.  However,  based on anticipated  future taxable income we believe
that we will be able to deduct  the full  amount of the  contributions  over the
next five years. The contribution of common stock to the Community Foundation is
intended to allow our local communities to share in our potential growth and any
profitability over the long term.

     Troy Financial's  future  contribution  expense will decline as a result of
these foundations. In fiscal years 1999, 1998 and 1997, the direct costs paid by
Troy  Financial,  excluding any allocated  cost,  associated  with operating the
Music Hall were $81,000, $78,000 and $88,000, respectively. As Troy Financial no
longer  owns  the  Music  Hall,  these  expenses  will  no  longer  impact  Troy
Financial's financial results.

          Also contributing to Troy Financial's  increased  non-interest expense
for the year ended  September 30, 1999 was a $621,000  increase in  compensation
and employee  benefits  expense  during the year ended  September  30, 1999,  as
compared to the prior year, as Troy Financial  began to record  expenses for its
employee  stock   ownership  plan  and   supplemental   retirement  and  benefit
restoration plan for certain executive  officers,  both of which were adopted in
connection with the Bank's conversion to the stock form. The increase in expense
was  partially  offset by a  reduction  in staffing  levels over the  comparable
period last year.  Professional,  legal and other fees increased by $438,000, or
47.4% for the year ended  September  30,  1999,  over the prior year,  primarily
caused by increased fees


                                     - 39 -
<PAGE>

associated  with  operating  a stock form  organization  as compared to a mutual
savings bank.  Other real estate owned expense was down $306,000,  or 28.2%, for
the year ended  September 30, 1999, as compared to 1998. The decrease in expense
was  principally  caused by a  decrease  in  foreclosure  costs.  Other  expense
increased by  $216,000,  or 7.5%,  for the year ended  September  30,  1999,  as
compared to 1998.  This increase was primarily  attributable to $408,000 for Y2K
remediation expenses, an increase of $107,000 for advertising,  partially offset
by a reduction in subsidiary  operating expenses in the year ended September 30,
1999.

     Income Taxes. Income tax benefit for the year ended September 30, 1999, was
$85,000,  as  compared to an income tax  benefit of $1.9  million for 1998.  The
decrease in income tax benefit was primarily caused by the $4.7 million increase
in income before taxes for the year ended September 30, 1999, as compared to the
prior year.

COMPARISON OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND
SEPTEMBER 30, 1997

     General.  The  Company  had a net  loss  of  $878,000  for the  year  ended
September  30,  1998,  compared to net income of $3.7 million for the year ended
September 30, 1997. The 1998 net loss was primarily the result of a $4.8 million
contribution  expense,  $4.5 million of which was related to the Company's  cash
contribution  and  commitment  to The Troy  Savings Bank  Charitable  Foundation
("Charitable  Foundation").  Also contributing to the loss were increases in the
Company's other real estate owned expense and compensation and employee benefits
expense of $707,000 and $645,000, respectively, for the year ended September 30,
1998. These increased  expenses were partially offset by a $3.5 million decrease
in income tax  expense in fiscal  1998 as  compared  to fiscal  1997,  primarily
associated  with the tax  benefit  recorded  in  connection  with the  Company's
contribution and binding,  irrevocable  commitment to the Charitable  Foundation
and otherwise reduced income before taxes.

     Net Interest  Income.  The Company's tax equivalent net interest income for
the year ended September 30, 1998 was $24.9 million,  down $92,000,  compared to
the year ended  September 30, 1997.  This decrease was primarily the result of a
nine basis point decrease in yield on average interest earning assets and a nine
basis point increase in the rate paid on average interest bearing liabilities. A
$17.8 million increase in average  interest  earning assets,  which exceeded the
$7.3 million increase in average interest bearing  liabilities by $10.5 million,
partially  offset the impact of the decline in yields on the Company's  interest
earning  assets.  The Company's net interest margin for the year ended September
30, 1998 was 3.84%,  a decrease of 12 basis points from 3.96% for the year ended
September 30, 1997. The yield on average  interest earning assets decreased from
7.66% to 7.57%,  while the rate paid on  average  interest  bearing  liabilities
increased from 4.16% to 4.25%.

     Interest Income. The Company's interest income for the year ended September
30, 1998 was $49.1  million,  an increase  from $48.4 million for the year ended
September 30, 1997.  Interest on loans decreased $536,000 from $38.9 million for
the year ended  September 30, 1997 to $38.3 million for the year ended September
30, 1998. The average balance of loans decreased $4.4 million to $467.4 million,
and the average yield on loans  decreased three basis points from 8.23% to 8.20%
for the year  ended  September  30,  1998.  Tax  equivalent  interest  income on
securities  available  for sale  decreased  by $39,000  and  interest  income on
investment  securities  held to maturity  declined by $53,000 for the year ended
September  30,  1998.  The  average  balance of  securities  available  for sale
increased  only  slightly from $124.7  million for the year ended  September 30,
1997 to $125.2 million for the year ended  September 30, 1998. At the same time,
the tax effected  average yield on securities  available for sale decreased five
basis  points from 5.97% to 5.92%.  The  interest  income on federal  funds sold
increased $1.0 million to $2.5 million, and the average balance of federal funds
sold and other  short-term  investments  increased  from $27.6  million to $45.6
million.  Reductions in market interest rates  throughout 1998 led to changes in
the mix of the Company's interest earning assets and changes in interest income.
Lower loan rates resulted in increased  residential loan  refinancings and fixed
rate loans.  Because the Company sold most of its fixed rate residential  loans,
interest income on loans held for sale increased.  The interest rate environment
also resulted in increased  refinancings by commercial mortgage customers,  some
of  which  refinanced  with  other  institutions.  The  Company  sought  to take
advantage of the interest rate environment by borrowing funds from the FHLB, and
investing in  short-term  investments,  thereby  increasing  short term interest
income by $1.1  million.  The Company  continued to invest in short term federal
funds  due  to  the  favorable  short  term  interest  rates  offered  by  these
instruments compared to other comparable  investment  alternatives.  The average
yield on federal  funds sold and other  short-term  investments  increased  from
5.45% to 5.59%.



                                     - 40 -
<PAGE>

     Interest Expense.  The Company's  interest expense increased by $842,000 to
$24.2  million  for  the  year  ended   September  30,  1998.  The  increase  is
attributable  to  increased  average  balances  and rates paid on  deposits  and
borrowings.  The two largest categories of interest bearing deposits are savings
accounts and time deposits.  Interest expense on savings  accounts  decreased by
$196,000 to $6.5 million for the year ended September 30, 1998, primarily due to
a $6.4 million decrease in the average balance of savings accounts.  Interest on
time  deposits  for the year ended  September  30,  1998 was $14.7  million,  up
$614,000 from the year ended  September  30, 1997.  This increase was the result
primarily of a 16 basis point increase in the rates paid on these deposits and a
$3.5 million increase in the average balance of time deposits for the year ended
September  30,  1998.  Interest  expense on the  Company's  NOW and money market
accounts was  relatively  flat,  increasing  only  $104,000  from fiscal 1997 to
fiscal 1998. The slight increase was  attributable to a $5.3 million increase in
the  average  balances  of these  deposits  accounts.  Interest  expense  on the
Company's  borrowings increased $315,000 in fiscal 1998 compared to fiscal 1997.
The increase is attributable  to a $5.3 million  increase in the average balance
of  borrowings,  coupled with a 14 basis point increase in the average rate paid
on  borrowings.  The  increase  in  borrowings  reflects  the  Company's  use of
alternative  funding  sources in lieu of  relatively  higher  cost time  deposit
accounts.

     Provision  for Loan Losses.  The provision for loan losses was $4.1 million
for fiscal 1998,  compared to $3.9 million for fiscal 1997.  Many of the adverse
credit quality  trends noted in fiscal 1997  continued into fiscal 1998.  During
fiscal  1998,  net loan  charge-offs  were $2.2  million,  representing  a 25.0%
increase  from fiscal 1997,  when net loan  charge-offs  were $1.8  million.  In
addition,  nonperforming loans increased from $8.7 million at September 30, 1997
to $11.6  million at September 30, 1998.  This  increase is consistent  with the
trends  noted at September  30, 1997 when  significant  increases in  classified
loans  and  loans  60 to 89 days  delinquent  were  noted.  In  determining  the
appropriate  provision  for  loan  losses,  management  also  considers  general
economic conditions and real estate trends in the Company's market area, both of
which  can  impact  the  inherent  risk of loss in the  Company's  current  loan
portfolio. Management believes that there has been a general decline in the real
estate  values in the  Company's  market  area,  resulting  in a decrease in the
values  of the  collateral  securing  much  of  the  Company's  loan  portfolio.
Management  believes that this trend is reflected in the increased  level of net
loan  charge-offs  experienced  in fiscal years 1998 and 1997 compared to fiscal
years 1996,  1995 and 1994. In fiscal years 1998 and 1997, net loan  charge-offs
as a percentage of average loans were .48% and .38%,  respectively,  as compared
to .21%, .22%, and .15% in fiscal years 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.  The
increased provision in fiscal 1998 also reflects the change in the mix of assets
in the Company's loan portfolio as commercial  business loans and consumer loans
increased as a percentage of total loans from 6.31% and 6.41%, respectively,  at
September 30, 1997 to 9.70% and 9.02%, respectively, at September 30, 1998.

     Non-interest  Income.  The  Company's   non-interest  income  decreased  by
$185,000  to $2.6  million for the year ended  September  30,  1998.  A $356,000
decrease in the Company's  other income and a $28,000  decrease in the Company's
loan servicing  fees  contributed to the decline in  non-interest  income.  Such
declines were  partially  offset by the Company's  trust service fees, net gains
from  mortgage  loan sales and  deposit  service  charges,  which  increased  by
$97,000, $62,000 and $36,000, respectively, from fiscal 1997 to fiscal 1998. The
Company's other non-interest income in 1997 includes a one-time $389,000 federal
affordable housing award. Service charges on deposits increased due to increases
in demand  deposit  account  balances and additional  commercial  relationships.
Trust service fees increased due to increases in assets under management.  These
increases  reflect  the  Company's  strategy  of  becoming  a more full  service
relationship  institution.  Net gains from  mortgage  loan sales  increased as a
result of the decline in mortgage  rates and a  corresponding  increase in fixed
rate loans held for sale.

     Non-interest  Expense.  The Company's  non-interest expense increased 35.3%
from $18.5  million for the year ended  September  30, 1997 to $25.1 million for
the year ended September 30, 1998. The primary cause of this increase was a $4.8
million  contribution  expense,  all but  $306,000  of which was  related to The
Company's  cash  contribution  and  binding,   irrevocable   commitment  to  the
Charitable Foundation.

     Also contributing to the Company's increased  non-interest  expense for the
year ended September 30, 1998 was a $707,000 increase in other real estate owned
expense, a $645,000 increase in compensation and employee benefits expense,  and
a $198,000 increase in professional,  legal and other fees expense. The increase
in other real estate owned  expense is  attributable  to losses on the disposals
of, and additional writedowns taken on, the Company's foreclosed assets or other
real estate owned. The increase in compensation expense was primarily related to
general  merit  increases  for the  Company's  employees  during  the year ended
September  30, 1998,  and, to a lesser  extent,  increased  staffing  levels and
health insurance costs. The increase in professional,  legal and other fees is a
result of


                                     - 41 -
<PAGE>

additional  services  relating to  establishment  of the Charitable  Foundation,
general business counseling and consulting costs, and costs associated with Year
2000 issues and system conversions.

     Income Taxes. For fiscal 1998, the Company recognized a $1.9 million income
tax  benefit,  as compared to a $1.6 million  income  expense for the year ended
September 30, 1997.  The reduction in income tax expense is primarily the result
of the fiscal 1998  pre-tax  loss of $2.8 million as compared to the fiscal 1997
pre-tax income of $5.2 million.  Also  contributing  to the change in income tax
expense  was an increase in the level of  investments  in tax exempt  securities
from an average  investment  of $3.2  million  during  fiscal 1997 to an average
investment  of $56.0  million  during  fiscal  1998,  the  result of which was a
significant increase in tax exempt income.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Liquidity  is defined as the ability to generate  cash flow to meet present
and future financial obligations and commitments. Troy Financial's liquid assets
include  cash and cash  equivalents,  loans  held for sale,  securities  held to
maturity  that mature  within one year and  securities  available  for sale.  At
September 30, 1999, Troy  Financial's  liquid assets as a percentage of deposits
which have no withdrawal  restrictions,  time  deposits  which mature within one
year, short-term borrowings (including repurchase agreements) and long-term debt
maturing within one year was 52%.

     Troy  Financial's  primary  sources of funds are deposits,  borrowings  and
proceeds  from the  redemption  and  maturity  of  federal  funds sold and other
short-term  securities.  Although not a recurring  source of funds,  the sale of
shares in the initial public  offering  provided  significant  funding in fiscal
1999.  Troy  Financial's  primary  cash  outflows  are  new  loan  originations,
purchases  of  securities,  and deposit  withdrawals.  Management  monitors  its
liquidity  position  on  a  daily  basis.   Although  maturities  and  scheduled
amortization  of loans are a  predictable  source of  funds,  deposit  outflows,
mortgage  prepayments and mortgage loan sales are greatly  influenced by changes
in interest rates, economic conditions, and competitors.

     Troy Financial  attempts to provide stable and flexible  sources of funding
through the  management  of its  liabilities,  including  core deposit  products
offered  through  its  branch  network,  as well as  FHLB  advances.  Management
believes that the level of Troy  Financial's  liquid assets  combined with daily
monitoring  of cash  inflows and  outflows  provide  adequate  liquidity to fund
outstanding  loan  commitments,  meet  daily  withdrawal  requirements  of  Troy
Financial's depositors, and meet all other daily obligations of Troy Financial.

     Consistent  with its  goals to  operate a sound  and  profitable  financial
organization,  Troy Financial  actively  seeks to maintain a "well  capitalized"
institution in accordance  with regulatory  standards.  As of September 30, 1999
and 1998,  total equity was $180.4 million and $71.0 million,  respectively,  or
19.7% and 9.9% of total assets at those  respective  dates.  As of September 30,
1999,  Troy Financial  exceeded all of the capital  requirements  of the Federal
Reserve Bank and the Bank exceeded all of the capital  requirements of the FDIC.
See note 17 to the  consolidated  financial  statements for further  information
regarding regulatory capital requirements.  Troy Financial has received approval
to purchase up to 9% of its stock,  or 1.1  million  shares,  as part of a stock
repurchase program to be completed by March 31, 2000.

MANAGEMENT OF INTEREST RATE RISK

     Interest  rate risk is the most  significant  market  risk  affecting  Troy
Financial.  Other types of market risk,  such as  movements in foreign  currency
exchange rates and commodity  prices,  do not arise in the normal course of Troy
Financial's  business  operations.  Interest  rate  risk  can be  defined  as an
exposure to a movement in  interest  rates that could have an adverse  effect on
Troy Financial's net interest  income.  Interest rate risk arises naturally from
the imbalance in the repricing,  maturity  and/or cash flow  characteristics  of
assets and liabilities.

     A significant  portion of Troy Financial's loans are adjustable or variable
rate which could result in reduced  levels of interest  income during periods of
falling rates. In addition, in periods of falling interest rates, prepayments of
loans  typically  increase,  which would lead to reduced net interest  income if
such proceeds could not be reinvested at a comparable spread.  Also in a falling
rate environment,  certain categories of deposits may reach a point where market
forces prevent further reduction in the interest rate paid on those instruments.
Generally,  during extended


                                     - 42 -
<PAGE>

periods when  short-term and long-term  interest  rates are relatively  close, a
flat yield curve,  net interest  margins could become smaller,  thereby reducing
net interest income.  The net effect of these  circumstances is reduced interest
income, offset only by a nominal decrease in interest expense, thereby narrowing
the net interest margin.

     The principal  objectives of Troy Financial's interest rate risk management
program are to:

          (a) measure,  monitor,  evaluate and develop strategies in response to
     the interest  rate risk  profile  inherent in Troy  Financial's  assets and
     liabilities,

          (b) determine  the  appropriate  level of risk, given Troy Financial's
     business   strategy,   operating   environment,   capital   and   liquidity
     requirements, and performance objectives and

          (c) manage the risk consistent with Troy Financial's guidelines.

     Through such management,  Troy Financial seeks to reduce the  vulnerability
of its  operations  to changes in interest  rates by matching the  maturities of
Troy  Financial's  assets  with  those  of  Troy  Financial's   liabilities  and
off-balance sheet financial instruments.

     The  responsibility  for  interest  rate risk  management  oversight is the
function of Troy Financial's  Asset/ Liability  Management  Committee  ("ALCO").
Troy  Financial's  ALCO reviews Troy  Financial's  asset/liability  policies and
interest  rate  risk  position.   Troy  Financial's  ALCO  is  chaired  by  Troy
Financial's chief financial  officer,  and includes Troy Financial's  President,
Trust and  Investment  Officer  and other  members  of Troy  Financial's  senior
management  team.  The ALCO  meets  at  least  monthly  to  review  consolidated
statement  of  condition  structure,  formulate  strategy  in light of  expected
economic  conditions and review performance  against  guidelines  established to
control  exposure  to the  various  types of inherent  risk,  and  reports  Troy
Financial's  interest rate risk position to Troy Financial's  Board of Directors
on a  quarterly  basis.  Troy  Financial's  ALCO  considers  variability  of net
interest  income  under  various rate  scenarios.  The ALCO also  evaluates  the
overall  risk profile and  determines  actions to maintain and achieve a posture
consistent with policy guidelines. Troy Financial, of course, cannot predict the
future  movement  of interest  rates,  and such  movement  could have an adverse
impact on Troy  Financial's  consolidated  financial  condition  and  results of
operations.

     In recent  years,  Troy  Financial  has  primarily  utilized the  following
strategies to manage interest rate risk:

          (a)  emphasizing  the  origination  of adjustable  rate loans such as,
     adjustable  residential  loans ( although in the current  rate  environment
     adjustable  rate loan  originations  have slowed) , and to a lesser  extent
     commercial real estate, commercial business and consumer loans;

          (b) selling  substantially  all of its 30 year fixed rate  residential
     mortgage loans in the secondary market;

          (c) utilizing FHLB advances to better  structure the maturities of its
     interest rate sensitive liabilities; and

          (d)  investing in short-term  securities  which  generally  bear lower
     yields, compared to longer-term investments, but which better position Troy
     Financial for increases in interest rates.

     In addition,  although Troy Financial has generally sold all of its 15- and
30-year conforming fixed rate mortgage loans into the secondary mortgage market,
beginning in late fiscal 1998,  Troy  Financial  determined  to hold in its loan
portfolio substantially all of its 15-year fixed rate mortgage loans in order to
increase  its interest  income.  Troy  Financial  will  periodically  review the
strategy  to  hold 15-year  loans  in  portfolio  as part of its  monitoring  of
interest rate risk.

     In order to reduce the interest rate risk  associated with the portfolio of
conventional  mortgage  loans  held  for  sale,  as  well  as  outstanding  loan
commitments and uncommitted  loan  applications  with rate lock agreements which
are intended to be held for sale, Troy Financial  enters into agreements to sell
loans in the secondary  market to


                                     - 43 -
<PAGE>

unrelated investors, and may also enter into option agreements. At September 30,
1999, Troy Financial had mandatory  commitments  and cancelable  options to sell
fixed rate mortgage loans at set prices amounting to approximately $9.0 million.

     The primary tool utilized by management to measure  interest rate risk is a
balance  sheet/income  statement  simulation model. The model is used to execute
simulations  of Troy  Financial's  net interest  income  performance  based upon
potential  changes in interest  rates over a select period of time.  The model's
input data  includes  earning  assets and  interest-bearing  liabilities,  their
associated cash flow characteristics,  repricing  opportunities,  maturities and
current rates. In addition,  management makes certain assumptions in relation to
prepayment  speeds for all assets and  liabilities  which  possess  optionality,
including loans and mortgage-backed  securities.  These assumptions are based on
industry standards for prepayments.

     The model is first run under an  assumption  of a flat rate scenario ( i.e.
no change in current  interest rates ) over a twelve month period.  A second and
third model are run in which a gradual increase and decrease,  respectively,  of
200 basis points takes place over a twelve month period.  Under these scenarios,
assets  subject to repricing or prepayment are adjusted to account for faster or
slower prepayment assumptions.  The resultant changes in net interest income are
then measured against the flat rate scenario.

     The following table summarizes the percentage change in interest income and
interest  expense  by  major  earning  asset  and   interest-bearing   liability
categories as of September 30, 1999 in the rising and declining  rate  scenarios
from the forecasted  interest income and interest expense amounts in a flat rate
scenario.  Under the declining rate scenario, net interest income is expected to
increase from the flat rate scenario by less than 1% over a twelve month period.
Under the rising rate scenario, net interest income is expected to increase from
the flat rate  scenario by less than one-half of one percent over a twelve month
period.  This level of  variability  is well within  interest  rate risk profile
guidelines acceptable to Troy Financial.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Interest rate risk                                  Percentage Change in Net Interest Income From Flat Rate Scenario
                                                               Declining Rate Scenario           Rising Rate Scenario
<S>                                                                            <C>                              <C>
Federal funds sold and other short term investments                            (22.70)                          23.55
Investment securities ( held to maturity and
  available for sale )                                                          (9.90)                           9.43
Loans, net                                                                      (1.83)                           1.65
Total interest income                                                           (4.12)                           3.87

Core deposits                                                                  (18.41)                          12.12
Time deposits                                                                   (6.75)                           6.74
Total deposits                                                                 (11.48)                           8.92

Borrowings                                                                      (5.83)                           5.82
Total interest expense                                                          (9.66)                           7.93
Net interest income                                                                .91                            .19
</TABLE>


YEAR 2000 READINESS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

     The "Year 2000" issue is the result of computer programs and equipment that
depend on embedded  chip  technology  and software  using two digits rather than
four  digits to define the  applicable  year.  For dates on or after  January 1,
2000,  software and hardware as well as embedded  processors  may not be able to
recognize or process dates  correctly.  This could result in system  failures or
miscalculations causing disruption of operations, including, among other things,
system or equipment shutdowns,  malfunctions or a temporary inability to process
transactions or engage in normal business activities.



                                     - 44 -
<PAGE>

     Troy Financial began testing certain  in-house systems in October 1998, and
performed  all necessary  testing of critical  core banking  systems by June 30,
1999.  The  economic  cost of the Year 2000  Project  includes  not only  direct
incremental  amounts  expended by Troy  Financial  for  upgrading  or  replacing
software,  systems and equipment, but also the use of internal resources devoted
to the Year 2000  Project  that  would  have  otherwise  been  devoted  to other
business  opportunities.  It is  difficult  to quantify  the  economic  costs of
internal resources so re-directed.

     During the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1999,  Troy Financial  expensed
approximately   $408,000   on  Year   2000-related   matters   and   capitalized
approximately  $760,000  for a new branch  automation  system.  During the first
quarter  of fiscal  2000,  we expect to  capitalize  approximately  $450,000  in
additional  costs as we  complete  the  upgrades  to the new  branch  automation
system.  The  upgrades  for the  new  branch  automation  system,  although  not
considered by Troy Financial as mission  critical,  were accelerated as a result
of the Year  2000  Project.  During  the  quarter  ended  March 31,  1999,  Troy
Financial engaged an independent  information  technology  consultant to provide
verification and validation of Troy Financial's risk and cost estimates, systems
testing and  contingency  plans.  The results of the study showed no significant
exceptions.

     Troy Financial's  investment subsidiary changed its primary data processing
service  provider  during the quarter  ended June 30,  1999.  Troy  Financial is
monitoring the Year 2000 readiness of this provider and  anticipates  that there
will be no significant exceptions.

     The  potential  impact of Year  2000 on Troy  Financial's  customers,  both
borrowers and  depositors,  has been  examined.  Troy Financial is aware that if
significant  commercial  borrowers suffer losses or illiquidity because of their
own Year 2000 problems,  including those of others with whom they do business or
on whom they are dependent,  Troy Financial may suffer losses from or experience
illiquidity.  Troy Financial's standard loan documentation programs were revised
to take into account  customers'  Year 2000  compliance in evaluating and rating
credit  risk.  Loan  documentation   generally  includes   representations  from
borrowers  about Year 2000  readiness  and  provides  the right to  examine  the
borrowers' systems and procedures in order to determine Year 2000 compliance.

     The Year  2000  Project  has  resulted  in Troy  Financial's  core  banking
systems'  hardware,  software,  and firmware  being tested and certified as Year
2000 compliant so as to ensure  continuation of all aspects of its core business
processes. For non-mission critical systems, Troy Financial and its subsidiaries
have developed  contingency  plans for  non-compliant  systems.  The contingency
plans vary with the affected systems.

     Troy  Financial  has  obtained  assurances  that its primary  vendors,  key
service  providers,  and, as noted above,  significant credit customers are Year
2000 compliant.  Beginning in January 1999, Troy Financial commenced testing and
validating  its  vendors'  confirmations  of Year  2000  compliance,  except  in
situations  involving  non-mission  critical systems and processes or situations
where  contingency  plans  indicate  less than one day of  interruptions  before
replacement,  correction  or changes are  possible.  In those  situations,  Troy
Financial  will rely upon vendors'  confirmations.  Troy Financial is monitoring
the Year 2000  readiness of major vendors which Troy  Financial  relies upon for
bank operations.  Troy Financial  intends to pursue legal action against vendors
in situations where it finds that such vendors' representations  concerning Year
2000  compliance  are  found to be  false.  Troy  Financial  is not aware of any
limitation that would preclude such actions.  Contingency  plans and alternative
arrangements have been made, or will be made in advance, wherever possible.

     Failure of Troy  Financial's  mission  critical  systems  could  impair the
ability of Troy Financial to do business and service its  customers;  failure of
large or numerous  borrowers to repay their loans could impair Troy  Financial's
capital;  failure of utilities  and the public  infrastructure  could  adversely
affect Troy  Financial's  operations.  Despite  Troy  Financial's  efforts  with
respect to Year 2000 readiness, including its Year 2000 Project, there can be no
assurance that partial or total systems interruptions or business  interruptions
or the associated  costs would not have an adverse effect upon Troy  Financial's
business,  consolidated financial condition,  results of operations and business
prospects.

IMPACT ON INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

     Troy  Financial's   consolidated   financial  statements  are  prepared  in
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  which require the
measurement of financial  condition and operating results in terms of


                                     - 45 -
<PAGE>

historical  dollars without  considering the changes in the relative  purchasing
power of money over time due to inflation.  The impact of inflation is reflected
in the  increasing  cost of Troy  Financial's  operations.  Unlike those of most
industrial  companies,  Troy  Financial's  assets and liabilities are nearly all
monetary. As a result,  interest rates have a greater impact on Troy Financial's
performance  than do the effects of general  levels of  inflation.  In addition,
interest rates do not necessarily move in the direction,  or to the same extent,
as the price of goods and services.

IMPACT OF NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

     In November 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 123,  "Accounting for
Stock Based Compensation" ("SFAS No. 123"). This statement establishes financial
accounting standards for stock-based  employee  compensation plans. SFAS No. 123
permits  Troy  Financial  to choose  either a new fair value based method or the
Accounting  Principles  Board ("APB") Opinion 25 intrinsic value based method of
accounting for its stock-based compensation arrangements.  SFAS No. 123 requires
pro forma  disclosures  of net income and earnings per share  computed as if the
fair value based method had been applied in  financial  statements  of companies
that follow accounting for such arrangements  under APB Opinion 25. SFAS No. 123
applies to all  stock-based  employee  compensation  plans in which an  employer
grants shares of its stock or other equity  instruments to employees  except for
employee stock ownership plans.  SFAS No. 123 also applies to plans in which the
employer  incurs  liabilities  to employees in amounts based on the price of the
employer's  stock (e.g.,  stock option plans,  stock purchase plans,  restricted
stock plans and stock  appreciation  rights).  This statement also specifies the
accounting  for  transactions  in which a company  issues stock options or other
equity for services  provided by  nonemployees  or to acquire  goods or services
from outside  suppliers or vendors.  Troy  Financial  will utilize the intrinsic
value  based  method  prescribed  by APB  Opinion  No.  25 to  account  for  its
stock-based  compensation  plans.  Accordingly,  the  impact  of  adopting  this
statement  will  not be  material  to Troy  Financial's  consolidated  financial
statements.

     In June 1998,  the FASB  issued SFAS No. 133,  "Accounting  for  Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities." This statement  establishes  accounting and
reporting  standards for derivative  instruments,  including certain  derivative
instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities.  As amended
by SFAS No. 137, this  statement is effective for all fiscal  quarters of fiscal
years beginning after June 15, 2000. Troy Financial is currently  evaluating the
impact of this statement on its consolidated financial statements.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     When used in this annual report or other filings by Troy Financial with the
Securities and Exchange Commission,  in Troy Financial's press releases or other
public  or  shareholder  communications,  or in oral  statements  made  with the
approval of an authorized  executive officer,  the words or phrases "will likely
result",  "are expected to",  "will  continue",  "is  anticipated",  "estimate",
"project",   "believe",   or  similar   expressions  are  intended  to  identify
"forward-looking  statements"  within  the  meaning  of the  Private  Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In addition,  certain disclosures and information
customarily provided by financial institutions, such as analysis of the adequacy
of the allowance for loan losses or an analysis of the interest rate sensitivity
of  Troy  Financial's   assets  and  liabilities,   are  inherently  based  upon
predictions of future events and circumstances.  Furthermore, from time to time,
Troy  Financial may publish other  forward-looking  statements  relating to such
matters as anticipated financial  performance,  business prospects,  and similar
matters.

     The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor
for  forward-looking  statements.  In order to comply with the terms of the safe
harbor,  Troy  Financial  notes  that a variety  of  factors  could  cause  Troy
Financial's  actual  results  and  experience  to  differ  materially  from  the
anticipated  results  or  other  expectations   expressed  in  Troy  Financial's
forward-looking  statements. Some of the risks and uncertainties that may affect
the  operations,  performance,  development  and  results  of  Troy  Financial's
business,  the interest rate sensitivity of its assets and liabilities,  and the
adequacy of its  allowance  for loan losses,  include but are not limited to the
following:

          o    deterioration  in local,  regional,  national or global  economic
               conditions which could result, among other things, in an increase
               in loan delinquencies, a decrease in property values, or a change
               in the housing turnover rate;



                                     - 46 -
<PAGE>

          o    the effect of certain  customers and vendors of critical  systems
               or  services  failing  to  adequately   address  issues  relating
               becoming Year 2000 compliant;

          o    changes in market interest rates or changes in the speed at which
               market interest rates change;

          o    changes in laws and regulations  affecting the financial  service
               industry;

          o    changes in competition; and

          o    changes in consumer preferences.

     Troy Financial wishes to caution readers not to place undue reliance on any
forward-looking statements,  which speak only as of the date made, and to advise
readers that various factors, including those described above, could affect Troy
Financial's  financial  performance  and could  cause  Troy  Financial's  actual
results or  circumstances  for future  periods to differ  materially  from those
anticipated or projected.

     Troy  Financial  does  not  undertake,   and  specifically   disclaims  any
obligation, to publicly release any revisions to any forward-looking  statements
to  reflect  the   occurrence  of  anticipated   or   unanticipated   events  or
circumstances after the date of such statements.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

     The  information  required  herein is  incorporated  by reference  from the
section captioned  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" contained in Item 7 above.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             PAGE
                                                                                                             ----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
     Independent Auditors' Report.........................................................................

     Consolidated Statements of Condition at September 30, 1999 and 1998..................................

     Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1999..............

     Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the Years Ended
     September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997....................................................................

     Consolidated  Statements  of Cash Flows for the Years Ended  September  30,
     1999, 1998 and 1997..................................................................................

     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...........................................................
</TABLE>


                                     - 47 -
<PAGE>

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


The Shareholders and the Board of Directors
Troy Financial Corporation:


We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  statements of condition of Troy
Financial  Corporation  and subsidiary  (the "Company") as of September 30, 1999
and  1998,  and the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  changes  in
shareholders'  equity,  and cash  flows for each of the years in the  three-year
period ended September 30, 1999. These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all material  respects,  the  financial  position of Troy  Financial
Corporation and subsidiary as of September 30, 1999 and 1998, and the results of
their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the years in the  three-year
period  ended  September  30,  1999,  in  conformity  with  generally   accepted
accounting principles.


                                                   /s/ KPMG LLP

Albany, New York
November 5, 1999


                                     - 48 -
<PAGE>

                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                      Consolidated Statements of Condition
                           September 30, 1999 and 1998
                 (In thousands, except share and per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     ASSETS                                                                                1999              1998
<S>                                                                                 <C>                    <C>
Cash and due from banks                                                             $      35,885            12,330
Federal funds sold                                                                             50             5,585
            Cash and cash equivalents                                                      35,935            17,915
Loans held for sale                                                                         4,064            11,096
Securities available for sale, at fair value                                              280,871           197,758
Investment securities held to maturity (fair value of $2,582 and
     $3,621 at September 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively)                                   2,534             3,483
Net loans receivable                                                                      556,142           457,321
Accrued interest receivable                                                                 5,270             4,287
Other real estate owned                                                                     1,845             1,872
Premises and equipment, net                                                                15,049            14,096
Other assets                                                                               13,386             8,821
            Total assets                                                            $     915,096           716,649
                       LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities:
    Deposits:
       Savings accounts                                                                   191,968           198,509
       Money market accounts                                                               20,348            15,708
       N.O.W. and demand accounts                                                         123,345           107,311
       Time accounts                                                                      227,712           256,674
            Total deposits                                                                563,373           578,202

    Mortgagors' escrow accounts                                                             1,596             1,900
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase                                          3,736             2,524
    Short-term borrowings                                                                 100,700               --
    Long-term debt                                                                         44,497            44,940
    Accrued interest payable                                                                  487               360
    Official bank checks                                                                    9,651             8,841
    Contributions payable                                                                   2,664             3,453
    Other liabilities and accrued expenses                                                  7,953             5,400
            Total liabilities                                                             734,657           645,620

Commitments and contingent liabilities (note 15)

Shareholders' equity:
    Preferred  stock,  $0.0001 par value,  authorized  15,000,000  shares;  none
      issued                                                                                   --               --
    Common stock, $0.0001 par value, authorized 60,000,000 shares;
       12,139,021 shares issued at September 30, 1999                                           1               --
    Additional paid-in capital                                                            117,759               --
    Unallocated common stock held by ESOP                                                   (9,620)             --
    Retained earnings, substantially restricted                                            72,699            70,622
    Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income                                             (400)             407
            Total shareholders' equity                                                    180,439            71,029
            Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                              $     915,096           716,649
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                     - 49 -
<PAGE>

                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                        Consolidated Statements of Income

                  Years ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997
                      (In thousands, except per share data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1999               1998               1997
<S>                                                           <C>                         <C>                <C>
Interest and dividend income:
    Interest and fees on loans                                $        39,794             38,842             39,050
    Securities available for sale:
       Taxable                                                          7,108              4,121              7,262
       Tax exempt                                                       2,307              2,214                119
                                                                        9,415              6,335              7,381
    Investment securities held to maturity                                222                300                353
    Federal funds sold                                                  2,371              2,553              1,503
       Total interest and dividend income                              51,802             48,030             48,287

Interest expense:
    Deposits and escrow accounts                                       20,470             23,339             22,812
    Short-term borrowings                                                 735                 33                271
    Long-term debt                                                      2,577                821                268
       Total interest expense                                          23,782             24,193             23,351

       Net interest income                                             28,020             23,837             24,936
Provision for loan losses                                               3,250              4,050              3,900
       Net interest income after provision for loan losses             24,770             19,787             21,036
Non-interest income:
    Service charges on deposits                                           892                858                822
    Loan servicing fees                                                   523                432                460
    Trust service fees                                                    665                459                362
    Net gains from securities transactions                                 17                  8                  4
    Net gains from mortgage loan sales                                    245                 76                 14
    Other income                                                          705                719              1,075
       Total non-interest income                                        3,047              2,552              2,737

Non-interest expense:
    Compensation and employee benefits                                 10,839             10,218              9,573
    Occupancy                                                           2,094              2,101              2,089
    Furniture, fixtures and equipment                                     728              1,080                901
    Computer charges                                                    1,508              1,424              1,322
    Professional, legal and other fees                                  1,362                924                726
    Printing, postage and telephone                                       707                614                559
    Other real estate owned                                               781              1,087                380
    Contributions                                                       4,706              4,759                102
    Other                                                               3,100              2,884              2,887
       Total non-interest expense                                      25,825             25,091             18,539

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)                       1,992              (2,752)            5,234
Income tax (benefit) expense                                              (85)             (1,874)            1,576
Net income (loss)                                             $         2,077                (878)            3,658

Basic earnings per share                                      $         0.32
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                     - 50 -
<PAGE>

                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

           Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

                  Years ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997
                 (In thousands, except share and per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1999                      1998                    1997
<S>                                                        <C>                              <C>                     <C>
COMMON STOCK
    Balance at beginning of year                           $       --                        --                      --
    Issuance of 11,730,575 shares of $0.0001 par
       value common stock in initial public offering                 1                       --                      --
    Issuance of 408,446 shares of $0.0001 par value
       common stock to The Troy Savings Bank
       Community Foundation                                         --                       --                      --
            Balance at end of year                                   1                       --                      --

ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL
    Balance at beginning of year                                    --                       --                      --
    Issuance of 11,730,575 shares of common stock
       in initial public offering, net of offering costs
       of $3,630                                               113,675                       --                      --
    Issuance of 408,446 shares of common stock to
       The Troy Savings Bank Community Foundation                4,084                       --                      --
            Balance at end of year                             117,759                       --                      --

UNALLOCATED COMMON STOCK HELD BY ESOP
    Balance at beginning of year                                    --                       --                      --
    Acquisition of 971,122 shares of common stock
       by ESOP                                                   (9,620)                     --                      --
            Balance at end of year                               (9,620)                     --                      --

RETAINED EARNINGS
    Balance at beginning of year                                70,622                   71,500                  67,842
    Net income (loss)                                            2,077    $  2,077         (878)  $  (878)        3,658    $  3,658
            Balance at end of year                              72,699                   70,622                  71,500

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME
    Balance at beginning of year                                   407                       42                     (434)
    Unrealized net holding gains (losses) on securities
       available for sale arising during the year (pre-tax
       of ($1,346), $619 and $797, respectively)                              (802)                   370                       478
    Reclassification adjustment for net gains on securities
       available for sale realized in net income (loss)
       (pre-tax of $9, $8 and $4, respectively)                                 (5)                    (5)                       (2)
    Other comprehensive (loss) income                             (807)       (807)         365       365           476         476
            Comprehensive income (loss)                                   $  1,270                 $ (513)                 $  4,134
            Balance at end of year                                (400)                     407                      42
            Total shareholders' equity at September 30     $   180,439                $  71,029              $   71,542
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                     - 51 -
<PAGE>

                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

                  Years ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997
                                 (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1999               1998               1997
<S>                                                              <C>                       <C>                <C>
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents:
Net cash flows from operating activities:
       Net income (loss)                                         $        2,077               (878)             3,658
       Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
         net cash provided by operating activities:
            Depreciation and amortization                                 1,317              1,615              1,426
            Provision for loan losses                                     3,250              4,050              3,900
            Non-cash contribution expense                                 4,524              3,453                --
            Net (accretion) amortization of
              (discount) premium on securities                           (3,255)                65                 85
            Deferred tax benefit                                         (2,924)            (3,027)            (1,442)
            Net gains from securities transactions                          (17)                (8)                (4)
            Net gains from mortgage loan sales                             (245)               (76)               (14)
            Net gain on sales of premises and equipment                    (102)                --                 --
            Net loss on sales of other real estate owned                     11                106                 12
            Writedowns of other real estate owned                           556                326                 --
            Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale                   46,669             44,496             13,443
            Net loans made to customers and held for sale               (39,392)           (51,813)           (15,660)
            (Increase) decrease in accrued interest
              receivable                                                   (983)                47                439
            (Increase) decrease in other assets                          (1,102)              (215)                93
            Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable                 127                300                (59)
            Increase (decrease) in official bank checks,
              contributions payable, and other liabilities
              and accrued expenses                                        2,363              2,436             (2,015)
                  Net cash provided by operating activities              12,874                877              3,862

Cash flows from investing activities:
    Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale                 44,136             54,782                 --
    Proceeds from maturities and redemptions of securities
       available for sale                                               653,858            110,223             78,199
    Purchases of securities available for sale                         (779,186)          (244,657)           (46,125)
    Proceeds from maturities and redemptions of
       investment securities held to maturity                               954                517                519
    Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned                          730                963              2,629
    Net loans (made to) repaid by customers                            (103,341)             6,212            (22,701)
    Purchases of premises and equipment                                  (2,810)            (1,977)              (930)
    Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment                           413                 --                 --
                  Net cash (used in) provided by
                    investing activities                               (185,246)           (73,937)            11,591



                                                                                                             (Continued)
</TABLE>


                                     - 52 -
<PAGE>

                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

                  Years ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997
                                 (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1999               1998               1997
<S>                                                              <C>                         <C>                <C>
Cash flows from financing activities:
    Net (decrease) increase in deposits                          $      (14,829)             5,805              7,790
    Net decrease in mortgagors' escrow accounts                            (304)               (16)              (473)
    Net increase in securities sold under agreements
       to repurchase                                                      1,212              2,152                222
    Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings                    100,700                 --             (5,000)
    Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt                                --              41,000                 --
    Payments on long-term debt                                             (443)              (417)              (393)
    Net proceeds from stock offering                                    113,676                 --                 --
    Acquisition of common stock by ESOP                                  (9,620)                --                 --
            Net cash provided by financing activities                   190,392             48,524              2,146

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                     18,020            (24,536)            17,599
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                           17,915             42,451             24,852
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                         $       35,935             17,915             42,451

Supplemental information:
    Cash paid for:
       Interest on deposits and borrowings                       $       23,655             23,893             23,410
       Income taxes                                              $        1,181              1,569              3,826

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:
       Net reduction in loans resulting from the transfer
         to other real estate owned                              $        1,270                577              2,462

       Adjustment of securities available for sale to fair value,
         net of tax                                              $         (807)               365                476
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                     - 53 -
<PAGE>

                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


(1)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     The accounting and reporting  policies of Troy Financial  Corporation  (the
     "Parent  Company")  and  its  subsidiary   (referred  to  together  as  the
     "Company")  conform  to  generally  accepted   accounting   principles  and
     reporting practices followed by the banking industry.  The more significant
     policies are described below.

     (A)  ORGANIZATION

          The Company is a bank-based  financial  services  company.  The Parent
          Company's subsidiary,  The Troy Savings Bank ("the Bank"),  provides a
          wide  range of  banking,  financing,  fiduciary  and  other  financial
          services to corporate,  individual and institutional customers through
          its branch offices and subsidiary companies.  The Bank is regulated by
          the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC") and the New York
          State Banking Department.

          The Bank  completed  its  conversion  from a mutual  savings bank to a
          stock  savings  bank on March 31,  1999.  Concurrent  with the  Bank's
          conversion,  the Parent Company  completed its initial public offering
          of common  stock and used 50% of the net  proceeds to purchase  all of
          the common  stock of the Bank issued in the  conversion.  Prior to its
          initial public offering, the Parent Company had no significant results
          of operations;  therefore,  financial  information  prior to March 31,
          1999 reflects the operations of the Bank.

     (B)  BASIS OF PRESENTATION

          The  consolidated  financial  statements  include the  accounts of the
          Parent  Company and the Bank. All material  intercompany  accounts and
          transactions  have been  eliminated.  The Company utilizes the accrual
          method of accounting for financial reporting purposes.  Amounts in the
          prior years' consolidated  financial statements have been reclassified
          whenever necessary to conform with the current year's presentation.

     (C)  USE OF ESTIMATES

          The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity
          with generally accepted  accounting  principles requires management to
          make  estimates and  assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of
          assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and
          liabilities at the date of the consolidated  financial  statements and
          the  reported  amounts of income  and  expenses  during the  reporting
          period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


                                     - 54 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


          Material  estimates that are  particularly  susceptible to significant
          change in the near term relate to the  determination  of the allowance
          for loan losses and the valuation of other real estate owned  acquired
          in connection with foreclosures.  In connection with the determination
          of the  allowance  for loan  losses  and the  valuation  of other real
          estate owned, management obtains appraisals for properties.

          Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate and
          that other real  estate  owned is  recorded  at its fair value less an
          estimate of the costs to sell the  properties.  While  management uses
          available  information  to  recognize  losses on loans and other  real
          estate  owned,  future  additions to the  allowance for loan losses or
          writedowns  of other  real  estate  owned  may be  necessary  based on
          changes  in  economic  conditions.  In  addition,  various  regulatory
          agencies,   as  an  integral  part  of  their   examination   process,
          periodically  review the Company's allowance for loan losses and other
          real estate owned.  Such agencies may require the Company to recognize
          additions to the allowance for loan losses or writedowns of other real
          estate owned based on their judgments about  information  available to
          them at the  time of  their  examination  which  may not be  currently
          available to management.

          A  substantial  portion  of the  Company's  loans are  secured by real
          estate  located  throughout the six New York State counties of Albany,
          Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady, Warren and Washington. In addition,
          a  substantial  portion of the other real  estate  owned is located in
          those same  markets.  Accordingly,  the ultimate  collectibility  of a
          substantial  portion of the Company's  loan portfolio and the recovery
          of a substantial  portion of the carrying  amount of other real estate
          owned is  dependent  upon  general  economic  and real  estate  market
          conditions in these counties.

     (D)  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

          For purposes of the  consolidated  statements of cash flows,  cash and
          cash equivalents  consists of cash on hand, due from banks and federal
          funds sold.

     (E)  LOANS HELD FOR SALE

          Loans held for sale are  recorded  at the lower of cost or fair value,
          determined on an aggregate basis. It is the intention of management to
          sell  these  loans  in  the  near  future.  Gains  and  losses  on the
          disposition  of loans  held for sale are  determined  on the  specific
          identification method.

          Loans held for sale, as well as  commitments  to originate  fixed rate
          mortgage loans at a set interest rate, which will subsequently be sold
          in the secondary  mortgage  market,  are regularly  evaluated  and, if
          necessary,  a valuation  allowance is recorded for  unrealized  losses
          attributable to changes in market interest rates.


                                     - 55 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     (F)  MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

          The Company  accounts  for mortgage  servicing  rights  applicable  to
          mortgage  loans sold on or after  January 1, 1997 in  accordance  with
          Statement  of   Financial   Accounting   Standards   (SFAS)  No.  125,
          "Accounting  for  Transfers  and  Servicing  of  Financial  Assets and
          Extinguishments  of  Liabilities."  SFAS No. 125 requires  entities to
          recognize as separate assets the rights to service  mortgage loans for
          others,  regardless  of how  those  servicing  rights  were  acquired.
          Mortgage servicing rights are amortized in proportion to, and over the
          period of, estimated net servicing income.  Additionally,  capitalized
          mortgage  servicing  rights are assessed for  impairment  based on the
          fair value of those rights, and any impairment is recognized through a
          valuation allowance by a charge to income.

     (G)  SECURITIES  AVAILABLE  FOR  SALE  AND  INVESTMENT  SECURITIES  HELD TO
          MATURITY

          Management determines the appropriate  classification of securities at
          the time of  purchase.  If  management  has the  positive  intent  and
          ability to hold debt  securities to maturity,  they are  classified as
          investment  securities  held to maturity  and are carried at amortized
          cost.  Securities  that are  identified as trading  account assets for
          resale  over a short  period are stated at fair value with  unrealized
          gains and losses  reflected  in current  earnings.  All other debt and
          equity securities are classified as securities  available for sale and
          are  reported  at fair  value,  with net  unrealized  gains or  losses
          reported,  net of income taxes,  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive
          income or loss (a separate  component  of  shareholders'  equity).  At
          September 30, 1999 and 1998,  the Company did not hold any  securities
          considered to be trading  securities.  As a member of the Federal Home
          Loan Bank of New York (FHLB), the Bank is required to hold FHLB stock,
          which is carried at cost since  there is no readily  available  market
          value.

          Unrealized losses on securities which reflect a decline in value which
          is other than  temporary,  if any,  are  charged  to income.  Gains or
          losses on  disposition of securities are based on the net proceeds and
          the  amortized  cost  of  the  securities  sold,  using  the  specific
          identification  method.  The amortized  cost of securities is adjusted
          for  amortization  of premium  and  accretion  of  discount,  which is
          calculated on an effective interest method.


     (H)  NET LOANS RECEIVABLE

          Loans receivable are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net
          of  unearned  discount,  net  deferred  loan fees and  costs,  and the
          allowance  for loan losses.  Unearned  discounts and net loan fees and
          costs are accreted to income using an effective interest method.


                                     - 56 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


          Loans considered  doubtful of collection by management are placed on a
          non-accrual  status for the  recording of interest.  Generally,  loans
          past due 90 days or more as to  principal  or  interest  are placed on
          non-accrual  status except for (1) those loans which,  in management's
          judgment,  are adequately secured and in the process of collection and
          (2)  certain  consumer  and  open-end  credit  loans which are usually
          charged-off  when they become 120 days past due. When a loan is placed
          on non-accrual status, all previously accrued income that has not been
          collected is reversed  from current year interest  income.  Subsequent
          cash  receipts are  generally  applied to reduce the unpaid  principal
          balance,  however, interest on loans can also be recognized as cash is
          received.  Amortization  of the  related  unearned  discount  and  net
          deferred  loan  fees and costs is  suspended  when a loan is placed on
          non-accrual  status.  Loans are removed from  non-accrual  status when
          they become  current as to  principal  and  interest  or when,  in the
          opinion of management,  the loans are expected to be fully collectible
          as to principal and interest.

     (I)  ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

          The  allowance  for loan losses is increased  through a provision  for
          loan  losses  charged to  operations.  Loans are  charged  against the
          allowance   for  loan  losses  when   management   believes  that  the
          collectibility  of all or a portion of the principal is unlikely.  The
          allowance is an amount that  management  believes  will be adequate to
          absorb probable losses on existing loans.  Management's  evaluation of
          the  adequacy  of the  allowance  for loan  losses is  performed  on a
          periodic  basis and  takes  into  consideration  such  factors  as the
          historical loan loss  experience,  changes in the nature and volume of
          the loan  portfolio,  overall  portfolio  quality,  review of specific
          problem  loans  and  current  economic   conditions  that  may  affect
          borrowers' ability to pay.

          A loan is  considered  impaired  when it is probable that the borrower
          will not repay the loan according to the original contractual terms of
          the loan agreement,  or when a loan (of any loan type) is restructured
          in a troubled debt  restructuring  subsequent to October 1, 1995.  The
          allowance  for  loan  losses  related  to  impaired  loans is based on
          discounted cash flows using the loan's initial effective interest rate
          or the fair value of the collateral for certain loans where  repayment
          of the  loan is  expected  to be  provided  solely  by the  underlying
          collateral  (collateral dependent loans). The Company's impaired loans
          are generally commercial-type loans which are collateral dependent.


                                     - 57 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     (J)  OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

          Other  real  estate  owned,   representing   properties   acquired  in
          settlement of loans,  is recorded on an individual  asset basis at the
          lower  of  cost  (defined  as  the  fair  value  at   foreclosure   or
          repossession) or the fair value of the asset acquired less an estimate
          of the costs to sell the  property.  At the time of  foreclosure,  the
          excess,  if any, of the recorded  investment in the loan over the fair
          value of the property  received is charged to the  allowance  for loan
          losses.  Subsequent  declines  in the value of such  property  and net
          operating   expenses  of  such  properties  are  charged  directly  to
          non-interest  expenses.   Properties  are  regularly  reappraised  and
          written  down to the fair  value less the  estimated  cost to sell the
          property, if necessary.

          The recognition of gains and losses from the sale of other real estate
          owned is  dependent  on a number of factors  relating to the nature of
          the property sold,  terms of the sale,  and the future  involvement of
          the Company in the property  sold. If a real estate  transaction  does
          not meet  certain  down  payment and loan  amortization  requirements,
          income  recognition  is deferred and  recognized  under an alternative
          method.

     (K)  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

          Premises  and  equipment  are  carried  at  cost,   less   accumulated
          depreciation  and  amortization.   Depreciation  is  computed  on  the
          straight-line  method over the  estimated  useful lives of the assets.
          Leasehold  improvements are amortized over the shorter of the terms of
          the related leases or the useful lives of the assets.

     (L)  INCOME TAXES

          The Bank  accounts for income taxes in  accordance  with the asset and
          liability  method.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized
          for the future tax consequences  attributable to temporary differences
          between the financial  statement  carrying  amounts of existing assets
          and  liabilities  and their  respective tax bases,  and for unused tax
          carryforwards.   Deferred  tax  assets  are   recognized   subject  to
          management's  judgment  that those assets will more likely than not be
          realized. A valuation allowance is recognized if, based on an analysis
          of available  evidence,  management  believes that all or a portion of
          the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  Adjustments to increase
          or  decrease  the   valuation   allowance  are  charged  or  credited,
          respectively,   to  income  tax  expense.   Deferred  tax  assets  and
          liabilities  are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to
          taxable  income in the years in which the  temporary  differences  are
          expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets
          and  liabilities  of a change in tax rates is  recognized in income in
          the period that includes the enactment date.


                                     - 58 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     (M)  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

          In the normal  course of  business,  the Company is a party to certain
          financial instruments with  off-balance-sheet risk such as commitments
          to extend  credit,  unused  lines of credit  and  standby  letters  of
          credit.  The  Company's  policy is to  record  such  instruments  when
          funded.

     (N)  OFFICIAL BANK CHECKS

          The  Company's  official  checks  (including   tellers'  checks,  loan
          disbursement checks, interest checks, expense checks, money orders and
          payroll  checks) are drawn on deposit  accounts at the Company and are
          ultimately   paid   through  the   Company's   Federal   Reserve  Bank
          correspondent account.

     (O)  TRUST ASSETS AND SERVICE FEES

          Assets held by the Company in a fiduciary  or agency  capacity for its
          customers are not included in the consolidated statements of condition
          since these assets are not assets of the Company.  Trust  service fees
          are reported on the accrual basis.

     (P)  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT COSTS

          The  Company  maintains  a  non-contributory   pension  plan  covering
          substantially all employees,  as well as a supplemental retirement and
          benefit  restoration plan covering certain executive officers selected
          by the  Board  of  Directors.  The  costs  of  these  plans,  based on
          actuarial  computations  of current and future benefits for employees,
          are charged to current operating  expenses.  The Company also provides
          certain post-retirement medical, dental and life insurance benefits to
          substantially all employees and retirees.  The cost of post-retirement
          benefits  other than  pensions is  recognized  on an accrual  basis as
          employees perform services to earn the benefits.

          Compensation  expense is recognized  for the Company's  Employee Stock
          Ownership  Plan  ("ESOP")  equal to the  average  fair value of shares
          committed to be released for allocation to participant  accounts.  Any
          difference  between the average fair value of the shares  committed to
          be released for allocation and the ESOP's original acquisition cost is
          charged  or  credited  to  shareholders'  equity  (additional  paid-in
          capital). The cost of unallocated ESOP shares (shares not yet released
          for allocation) is reflected as a reduction of shareholders' equity.


                                     - 59 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     (Q)  EARNINGS PER SHARE

          Basic  earnings per share is  calculated by dividing net income by the
          weighted-average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  during  the
          period.  Diluted earnings per share is computed in a manner similar to
          that of basic  earnings  per share  except  that the  weighted-average
          number of common shares outstanding is increased to include the number
          of additional  common shares that would have been  outstanding  if all
          potentially dilutive common shares (such as stock options and unvested
          restricted stock) were issued during the reporting period. The Company
          did not have any potentially  dilutive common shares outstanding as of
          or for the year ended  September 30, 1999.  Unallocated  common shares
          held by the ESOP are not  included in the  weighted-average  number of
          common shares outstanding for either the basic or diluted earnings per
          share calculations.

     (R)  COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

          Comprehensive  income  represents  the sum of net  income and items of
          "other   comprehensive   income,"  which  are  reported   directly  in
          shareholders'  equity,  net of  tax,  such  as the  change  in the net
          unrealized gain or loss on securities  available for sale. The Company
          has  reported   comprehensive   income  and  its   components  in  the
          consolidated   statements   of   changes  in   shareholders'   equity.
          Accumulated other  comprehensive  income or loss, which is a component
          of shareholders' equity, represents the net unrealized gain or loss on
          securities available for sale, net of tax.

     (S)  SEGMENT REPORTING

          During the year ended September 30, 1999, the Company adopted SFAS No.
          131,   "Disclosures  about  Segments  of  an  Enterprise  and  Related
          Information."  This  Statement  requires  public  companies  to report
          certain    financial   and   other   information   about   significant
          revenue-producing  segments of the business for which such information
          is available and is utilized by the chief operating decision maker, if
          the segment meets certain quantitative requirements as defined by SFAS
          No. 131. The Company's operations are solely in the financial services
          industry and include  providing to its customers  traditional  banking
          services.  The Company operates primarily in the geographical  regions
          of Rensselaer,  Albany, Schenectady,  Saratoga,  Washington and Warren
          counties  of  New  York.  Management  makes  operating  decisions  and
          assesses  performance  based on an ongoing  review of its  traditional
          banking  operations,  which  constitute the Company's only  reportable
          segment under SFAS No. 131.


                                     - 60 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


(2)  LOANS HELD FOR SALE AND MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

     At  September  30,  1999  and  1998,  loans  held  for  sale  consisted  of
     conventional  residential  mortgages  originated  for  subsequent  sale. At
     September 30, 1999 and 1998, there was no valuation  reserve  necessary for
     loans held for sale.

     The company retains the servicing rights on certain mortgage loans sold. At
     September 30, 1999 and 1998, the unamortized  balance of mortgage servicing
     rights  on loans  sold  with  servicing  retained  was  approximately  $774
     thousand and $318 thousand, respectively. The estimated fair value of these
     mortgage  servicing  rights was in excess of their  carrying  value at both
     September  30,  1999 and 1998,  and  therefore  no  impairment  reserve was
     necessary.


(3)  SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

     The amortized cost and approximate  fair value of securities  available for
     sale at September 30 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1999
                                                  -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        GROSS              GROSS         APPROXIMATE
                                                      AMORTIZED      UNREALIZED         UNREALIZED          FAIR
                                                        COST            GAINS             LOSSES            VALUE
                                                        ----            -----             ------            -----
                                                                            (In thousands)
<S>                                                <C>                   <C>              <C>               <C>
          U.S. Government securities and
            agencies obligations                   $    172,544             3              (555)             171,992
          Obligations of states and
            political subdivisions                       73,126           221               (85)              73,262
          Mortgage-backed securities                     17,344            28              (240)              17,132
          Corporate debt securities                       5,651            27               (17)               5,661
                                                     ----------        ------           --------          ----------
                Total debt securities
                   available for sale                   268,665           279              (897)             268,047

          Mutual funds and marketable equity
            securities                                    5,534           100              (148)               5,486
          Non-marketable equity securities                7,338            -                 -                 7,338
                                                     ----------        ------           -------           ----------
                Total securities available
                   for sale                        $    281,537           379            (1,045)             280,871
                                                     ==========        ======           =======           ==========
</TABLE>


                                     - 61 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1998
                                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        GROSS            GROSS           APPROXIMATE
                                                      AMORTIZED      UNREALIZED       UNREALIZED            FAIR
                                                        COST            GAINS           LOSSES              VALUE
                                                        ----            -----           ------              -----
                                                                             (In thousands)
<S>                                                <C>                    <C>             <C>                <C>
          U.S. Government securities and
            agencies obligations                   $    117,174            46               -                117,220
          Obligations of states and
            political subdivisions                       51,324           357               -                 51,681
          Mortgage-backed securities                      3,616           128               -                  3,744
          Corporate debt securities                      16,826           160               (2)               16,984
                                                     ----------        ------           ------            ----------
                Total debt securities
                   available for sale                   188,940           691               (2)              189,629

          Mutual funds and marketable  equity
            securities                                    4,831            74              (83)                4,822
          Non-marketable equity securities                3,307            -                -                  3,307
                                                     ----------        ------           ------            ----------
                Total securities available
                   for sale                        $    197,078           765              (85)              197,758
                                                     ==========        ======           ======            ==========
</TABLE>

     During 1999,  proceeds from sales of securities  available for sale totaled
     $44.1 million, with gross gains of $9 thousand.  During 1998, proceeds from
     sales of securities  available for sale totaled $54.8  million,  with gross
     gains of $9 thousand and gross losses of $1  thousand.  During 1997,  there
     were no sales of securities available for sale.

     As of  September  30, 1999,  the  contractual  maturity of debt  securities
     available for sale  (mortgage-backed  securities  are shown  separately) at
     amortized cost and approximate fair value is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         APPROXIMATE
                                                                                  AMORTIZED                 FAIR
                       MATURITY RANGES                                              COST                    VALUE
                       ---------------                                              ----                    -----
                                                                                           (In thousands)
<S>                                                                      <C>                                <C>
                    Within one year                                      $         174,547                  174,542
                    After one year to five years                                    59,567                   59,273
                    After five years to ten years                                   16,416                   16,322
                    Over ten years                                                     791                      778
                    Mortgage-backed securities                                      17,344                   17,132
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                                                                         $         268,665                  268,047
                                                                           ====================    ====================
</TABLE>

     Actual  maturities may differ from contractual  maturities  because issuers
     may have the right to call or prepay  obligations  with or without  call or
     prepayment penalties.


                                     - 62 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


       Mortgage-backed  securities available for sale consist entirely of direct
       pass-through Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae securities.

       Other than U.S. government  sponsored enterprise  securities  (securities
       issued by Freddie  Mac or Fannie Mae) at  September  30,  1999,  and U.S.
       Treasury  securities at September 30, 1998, there were no securities of a
       single  issuer  that  exceeded  10%  of  shareholders'   equity  at  each
       respective date.


(4)  INVESTMENT SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY

     The amortized cost and approximate fair value of investment securities held
     to maturity as of September 30 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1999
                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       GROSS           GROSS            APPROXIMATE
                                                    AMORTIZED       UNREALIZED      UNREALIZED             FAIR
                                                      COST             GAINS          LOSSES               VALUE
                                                      ----             -----          ------               -----
                                                                          (In thousands)
<S>                                               <C>                   <C>               <C>             <C>
          Mortgage-backed securities              $    1,535             62                (5)             1,592
          Corporate and other debt securities            999              5               (14)               990
                                                    --------         ------           -------           --------
              Total investment securities         $    2,534             67               (19)             2,582
                                                    ========         ======           =======           ========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              1998
                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      GROSS            GROSS            APPROXIMATE
                                                    AMORTIZED       UNREALIZED      UNREALIZED             FAIR
                                                      COST             GAINS          LOSSES               VALUE
                                                      ----             -----          ------               -----
                                                                         (In thousands)

<S>                                               <C>                   <C>             <C>                <C>
          Mortgage-backed securities              $    1,980            118                -               2,098
          Corporate and other debt securities          1,503             20                -               1,523
                                                    --------         ------           -------           --------
              Total investment securities         $    3,483            138                -               3,621
                                                    ========         ======           =======           ========
</TABLE>

     The amortized cost and approximate fair value of investment securities held
     to maturity at September 30, 1999, by contractual maturity (mortgage-backed
     securities are shown separately), are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 AMORTIZED              APPROXIMATE
                 MATURITY RANGES                                                   COST                 FAIR VALUE
                 ---------------                                                   ----                 ----------
                                                                                          (In thousands)
<S>                                                                      <C>                                 <C>
                Over ten years                                           $             999                      990
                Mortgage-backed securities                                           1,535                    1,592
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                         Total                                           $           2,534                    2,582
                                                                           ====================    ====================
</TABLE>


                                     - 63 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     Actual  maturities may differ from contractual  maturities  because issuers
     may have the right to call or prepay  obligations  with or without  call or
     prepayment penalties.

     Mortgage-backed  securities  held to  maturity  consist  entirely of direct
     pass-through Ginnie Mae securities.


(5)  Net Loans Receivable

     A summary of net loans receivable at September 30 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1999                    1998
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                                                                                            (In thousands)
<S>                                                                      <C>                                <C>
       Loans secured by real estate:
          Residential                                                    $         221,721                  202,511
          Commercial                                                               216,700                  166,186
          Construction                                                              13,761                   10,052
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
              Total real estate loans                                              452,182                  378,749
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------

       Commercial business loans                                                    66,274                   45,156
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------

       Home equity lines of credit                                                   6,776                    8,575
       Other consumer loans                                                         42,081                   33,445
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
              Total consumer loans                                                  48,857                   42,020
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
              Total gross loans                                                    567,313                  465,925
       Less: Unearned discount and net deferred fees and costs                        (407)                    (344)
              Allowance for loan losses                                            (10,764)                  (8,260)
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                  Net loans receivable                                   $         556,142                  457,321
                                                                           ====================    ====================
</TABLE>

     Non-performing loans at September 30 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1999                    1998                    1997
                                                   --------------------    --------------------    --------------------
                                                                             (In thousands)
<S>                                              <C>                               <C>                     <C>
              Non-accrual loans                  $         7,267                   9,567                   6,459
              Restructured loans                             616                   2,081                   2,256
                                                   --------------------    --------------------    --------------------
                  Total                          $         7,883                  11,648                   8,715
                                                   ====================    ====================    ====================
</TABLE>


                                     - 64 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     All restructured loans were performing according to their modified terms at
     September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997.

     Had the above non-accrual loans been on accrual status, or had the interest
     rate not been  reduced with  respect to the loans  restructured  in trouble
     debt  restructurings,  the additional  interest that would have been earned
     was approximately $326 thousand,  $180 thousand and $429 thousand for 1999,
     1998 and 1997,  respectively.  There are no  commitments  to extend further
     credit on the restructured loans.

     Changes in the allowance  for loan losses for the years ended  September 30
     were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1999                    1998                    1997
                                                   --------------------    --------------------    --------------------
                                                                            (In thousands)
<S>                                              <C>                               <C>                     <C>
         Balance at beginning of year            $         8,260                   6,429                   4,304
         Provision charged to operations                   3,250                   4,050                   3,900
         Loans charged-off                                  (995)                 (2,446)                 (1,890)
         Recoveries on loans charged-off                     249                     227                     115
                                                   --------------------    --------------------    --------------------
         Balance at end of year                  $        10,764                   8,260                   6,429
                                                   ====================    ====================    ====================
</TABLE>

     At September 30, 1999 and 1998,  the recorded  investment in loans that are
     considered to be impaired  under SFAS No. 114 totaled $4.9 million and $8.4
     million,  respectively, for which the related allowance for loan losses was
     $373 thousand and $1.2 million,  respectively. As of September 30, 1999 and
     1998, there were no impaired loans which did not have an allowance for loan
     loss. The average recorded investment in impaired loans for the years ended
     September 30, 1999,  1998 and 1997 was $6.0 million,  $5.9 million and $7.0
     million,  respectively.  The total interest  income  recognized on impaired
     loans during the period of impairment was approximately  $200 thousand,  $0
     thousand  and $99  thousand  for  1999,  1998 and 1997,  respectively.  The
     interest  income   recognized  on  impaired  loans  during  the  period  of
     impairment  using the cash basis of income  recognition  was  approximately
     $137  thousand,  $0  thousand  and $98  thousand  for 1999,  1998 and 1997,
     respectively.

     Certain  executive  officers of the Company were customers of and had other
     transactions with the Company in the ordinary course of business.  Loans to
     these parties were made in the ordinary course of business at the Company's
     normal credit terms,  including  interest rate and  collateralization.  The
     aggregate of such loans totaled less than 5% of total shareholders'  equity
     at September 30, 1999 and 1998.


                                     - 65 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


(6)  ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE

     Accrued interest receivable consists of the following at September 30:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1999                    1998
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                                                                                          (In thousands)
<S>                                                                      <C>                                 <C>
         Loans                                                           $          3,084                    2,770
         Securities available for sale                                              2,169                    1,494
         Investment securities held to maturity                                        17                       23
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                                                                         $          5,270                    4,287
                                                                           ====================    ====================
</TABLE>


(7)  OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

     Other real estate owned at September 30 consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1999                    1998
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                                                                                          (In thousands)
<S>                                                                      <C>                                 <C>
         Commercial properties                                           $          1,769                    1,527
         Residential properties (1-4 family)                                           76                      345
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                                                                         $          1,845                    1,872
                                                                           ====================    ====================
</TABLE>


(8)  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET

     A summary of premises and equipment at September 30 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1999                    1998
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                                                                                          (In thousands)
<S>                                                                                <C>                       <C>
         Land                                                                      $1,633                    1,423
         Buildings                                                                 12,260                   12,621
         Furniture, fixtures and equipment                                          8,474                    8,002
         Leasehold improvements                                                     3,457                    3,450
         Construction in progress                                                   2,400                    1,225
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                                                                                   28,224                   26,721
         Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                           (13,175)                 (12,625)
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
              Premises and equipment, net                                $         15,049                   14,096
                                                                           ====================    ====================
</TABLE>

     Depreciation and amortization expense was approximately $1.3 million,  $1.6
     million and $1.4 million for the years ended  September 30, 1999,  1998 and
     1997, respectively.


                                     - 66 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


(9)  DEPOSITS

     A summary of deposits at September 30 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1999                    1998
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                                                                                           (In thousands)
<S>                                                                      <C>                                <C>
         Savings accounts (2.75% to 5.50%)                               $         191,968                  198,509
         Time deposits:
                2.00%  to   3.99%                                                    6,209                      682
                4.00%  to   4.99%                                                  160,315                   10,174
                5.00%  to   5.99%                                                   53,587                  236,312
                6.00%  to   6.99%                                                    4,833                    6,679
                7.00%  to   7.99%                                                    2,768                    2,698
                8.00%  to   9.99%                                                       -                       129
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                Total time deposits                                                227,712                  256,674
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------


         Money market accounts (2.00% to 3.00%)                                     20,348                   15,708
         N.O.W. and Super N.O.W. accounts (2.00% to 2.35%)                          86,305                   76,195
         Demand deposit accounts (non-interest bearing)                             37,040                   31,116
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                Total transaction accounts                                         143,693                  123,019
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                Total deposits                                           $         563,373                  578,202
                                                                           ====================    ====================
</TABLE>


     The  contractual  maturities of time  deposits for the years  subsequent to
     September 30, 1999 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           Years ending September 30,
                  (In thousands)
                  --------------
<S>                                                                      <C>
                     2000                                                $         177,177
                     2001                                                           34,961
                     2002                                                            8,035
                     2003                                                            4,794
                     2004                                                            2,745
                                                                           --------------------
                                                                         $         227,712
                                                                           ====================
</TABLE>


                                     - 67 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     Interest  expense on  deposits  and  escrow  accounts  for the years  ended
     September 30 consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1999                    1998                    1997
                                                   --------------------    --------------------    --------------------
                                                                             (In thousands)
<S>                                              <C>                              <C>                     <C>
         Time accounts                           $        12,514                  14,701                  14,087
         Savings accounts                                  5,581                   6,451                   6,647
         Money market accounts                               555                     431                     433
         N.O.W. and Super N.O.W. accounts                  1,758                   1,696                   1,590
         Escrow accounts                                      62                      60                      55
                                                   --------------------    --------------------    --------------------
                                                 $        20,470                  23,339                  22,812
                                                   ====================    ====================    ====================
</TABLE>

     Individual time deposits in excess of $100 thousand  totaled  approximately
     $24.5   million  and  $33.4   million  at  September  30,  1999  and  1998,
     respectively.


(10) SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE AND SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

     A summary of securities sold under  agreements to repurchase and short-term
     borrowings  as of  September  30 and for the years then ended is  presented
     below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1999                1998                 1997
                                                                  ------------         -----------          -----------
                                                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                              <C>                       <C>                   <C>
         Securities Sold Under Agreements to
           Repurchase:
              Balance at September 30                            $     3,736               2,524                 372
              Maximum month-end balance                                4,745               2,544               2,352
              Average balance during the year                          3,286               1,222                 704
              Average rate during the year                              3.10%               2.70%              4.12%
              Weighted-average rate at September 30                     3.00%               3.45%              5.10%

         Short-Term Borrowings with the FHLB:
              Balance at September 30                            $   100,700                  -                   -
              Maximum month-end balance                              100,700                  -               10,000
              Average balance during the year                         12,581                  -                4,403
              Average rate during the year                              5.04%                 -                 5.50%
              Weighted-average rate at September 30                     5.34%                 -                   -

         Average aggregate borrowing rate during the year               4.64%               2.70%              5.30%
</TABLE>


                                     - 68 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     Securities  sold under  agreements  to repurchase  generally  mature within
     ninety days. The Company maintains  control over the securities  underlying
     the agreements.  Short-term  borrowings  represent borrowings with original
     maturities of one year or less.

     The Company  has  established  overnight  and term lines of credit with the
     FHLB.  If  advanced,  such  lines  of  credit  will  be  collateralized  by
     qualifying loans, securities and FHLB stock. Total availability under these
     lines was  approximately  $84.6  million and $67.1 million at September 30,
     1999 and 1998, respectively.  Participation in the FHLB program requires an
     investment in FHLB stock. The recorded  investment in FHLB stock,  included
     in  securities  available  for  sale  on  the  consolidated  statements  of
     condition,  amounted to $7.3 million and $3.3 million at September 30, 1999
     and 1998, respectively.


(11) LONG-TERM DEBT

     At September 30, 1999, long-term debt included a $3.5 million,  5.89% fixed
     rate amortizing loan and other long-term borrowings of $41.0 million with a
     weighted-average  interest rate of 5.81%.  All  long-term  debt is with the
     FHLB. The following table sets forth maturities of the long-term debt as of
     September 30, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     Years ending September 30,
                            (In thousands)
                            --------------
<S>                                                                      <C>
                               2000                                      $             470
                               2001                                                  3,027
                               2002                                                     -
                               2003                                                 10,000
                               2004                                                     -
                               2005 and thereafter                                  31,000
                                                                           --------------------
                                                                         $          44,497
                                                                           ====================
</TABLE>

     Collateral  for the long-term debt at September 30, 1999 includes a blanket
     lien on general  assets of the Company and  approximately  $20.3 million of
     pledged securities.


(12) INCOME TAXES

     The  components  of  income  tax  (benefit)  expense  for the  years  ended
     September 30 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1999                    1998                    1997
                                                   --------------------    --------------------    --------------------
                                                                              (In thousands)
<S>                                              <C>                              <C>                    <C>
         Current tax expense:
              Federal                            $         2,319                     850                   2,694
              State                                          520                     303                     324
         Deferred tax benefit                             (2,924)                 (3,027)                 (1,442)
                                                   --------------------    --------------------    --------------------
              Income tax (benefit) expense       $           (85)                 (1,874)                  1,576
                                                   ====================    ====================    ====================
</TABLE>


                                     - 69 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     The  following is a  reconciliation  of the expected  income tax  (benefit)
     expense  and the actual  income tax  (benefit)  expense for the years ended
     September 30. The expected  income tax (benefit)  expense has been computed
     by applying  the  statutory  federal tax rate to income  before  income tax
     (benefit) expense:

<TABLE>
                                                           1999                    1998                    1997
                                                   --------------------    --------------------    --------------------
                                                                          (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                              <C>                              <C>                    <C>
         Income tax expense (benefit) at
           applicable federal statutory
           rate                                  $           677                    (936)                  1,780
         Increase (decrease) in income tax
           (benefit) expense resulting
           from:
               Tax exempt securities income                 (712)                   (637)                    (46)
               State income tax expense
                  (benefit), net of Federal
                  impact                                      60                    (276)                    214
               Reduction in New York State
                  bad debt reserve
                  resulting from tax law
                  changes                                     -                       -                     (349)
               Other                                        (110)                    (25)                    (23)
                                                   --------------------    --------------------    --------------------
                    Income tax (benefit)
                        expense                  $           (85)                 (1,874)                  1,576
                                                   ====================    ====================    ====================

         Effective tax rate                                (4.3)%                  (68.1)%                  30.1%
                                                   ====================    ====================    ====================
</TABLE>

                                     - 70 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     The tax  effects of  temporary  differences  that give rise to  significant
     portions  of the  deferred  tax  assets and  deferred  tax  liabilities  at
     September 30 are presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1999                     1998
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                                                                                           (In thousands)
<S>                                                                      <C>                                  <C>
       Deferred tax assets:
           Allowance for loan losses                                     $           3,823                    2,815
           Other real estate owned                                                     340                      248
           Charitable contribution carryforward                                      3,140                    1,639
           Accrued expenses                                                          1,367                    1,050
           Depreciation                                                                702                      603
           Deferred compensation                                                       560                      386
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                Total gross deferred tax assets                                      9,932                    6,741
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------

       Deferred tax liabilities:
           Pension costs                                                              (147)                    (178)
           prepaid expenses                                                           (293)                    (259)
           Deferred net loan origination fees and costs                               (122)                    (157)
           Mortgage servicing rights                                                  (302)                    (127)
           Other items                                                                (124)                      -
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                Total gross deferred tax liabilities                                  (988)                    (721)
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                Net deferred tax asset at end of year                                8,944                    6,020
                Net deferred tax asset at beginning of year                          6,020                    2,993
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                Deferred tax benefit for the year                        $          (2,924)                  (3,027)
                                                                           ====================    ====================
</TABLE>

     In addition to the deferred tax assets and liabilities described above, the
     Company had a deferred tax asset of $266  thousand at  September  30, 1999,
     and a deferred  tax  liability  of $273  thousand at  September  30,  1998,
     related to the net  unrealized  gain or loss on  securities  available  for
     sale.

     A  corporation's  annual tax  deduction  for  charitable  contributions  is
     subject  to  a  limitation   based  on  a  percentage  of  taxable  income.
     Contributions  in excess of this  limitation are carried forward and may be
     deducted in one or more of the  succeeding  five tax years.  As a result of
     the cash  contributions  and commitment to The Troy Savings Bank Charitable
     Foundation, as well as the contribution of common stock to the Troy Savings
     Bank Community Foundation, at September 30, 1999, the Company had an unused
     charitable  contribution  carryforward of approximately  $8.0 million ($3.1
     million after-tax), which is available for deduction through 2003 and 2004.

     Deferred tax assets are recognized  subject to management's  judgement that
     realization is more likely than not. Based on the  sufficiency of temporary
     taxable items,  historical  taxable income,  as well as estimates of future
     taxable  income,  the Company  believes it is more likely than not that the
     gross deferred tax assets at September 30, 1999 and 1998 will be realized.


                                     - 71 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     As a thrift  institution,  the Bank is subject to special provisions in the
     Federal and New York State tax laws  regarding  its  allowable tax bad debt
     deductions and related tax bad debt reserves. These deductions historically
     have been determined using methods based on loss experience or a percentage
     of taxable income. Tax bad debt reserves are maintained equal to the excess
     of  allowable  deductions  over  actual bad debt  losses and other  reserve
     reductions.  These reserves  consist of a defined  base-year  amount,  plus
     additional  amounts ("excess  reserves")  accumulated  after the base year.
     SFAS No. 109 requires  recognition of deferred tax liabilities with respect
     to such excess  reserves,  as well as any portion of the  base-year  amount
     which is expected to become taxable (or  "recaptured")  in the  foreseeable
     future.

     Certain amendments to the Federal and New York State tax laws regarding bad
     debt  deductions  were enacted in July and August 1996,  respectively.  The
     Federal amendments include  elimination of the percentage of taxable income
     method for tax years beginning after December 31, 1995, and imposition of a
     requirement   to  recapture   into   taxable   income  (over  a  period  of
     approximately  six years) the bad debt  reserves in excess of the base-year
     amounts. The Bank previously established,  and will continue to maintain, a
     deferred tax liability  with respect to such excess Federal  reserves.  The
     New York State amendments redesignate the Bank's state bad debt reserves at
     December  31,  1995 as the  base-year  amount and also  provide  for future
     additions to the base-year  reserve using the  percentage of taxable income
     method.  As a result of the  redesignation  of the New York State base-year
     reserve,  the Bank  reduced its  deferred  tax  liabilities  related to the
     previous excess New York State reserve  resulting in a deferred tax benefit
     in fiscal 1997 of approximately $349 thousand.

     In accordance  with SFAS No. 109,  deferred tax  liabilities  have not been
     recognized  with respect to the Federal  base-year  reserve of $7.9 million
     and  "supplemental"  reserve (as defined) of $1.0 million at September  30,
     1999,  and the state  base-year  reserve of $18.9  million at September 30,
     1999,  since the  Company  does not expect that these  amounts  will become
     taxable in the foreseeable future.  Under the tax laws, as amended,  events
     that would result in taxation of these reserves  include (1) redemptions of
     the Bank's stock or certain excess  distributions to the Parent Company and
     (2) failure of the Bank to maintain a specified  qualifying assets ratio or
     meet other thrift  definition  tests for New York State tax  purposes.  The
     unrecognized  deferred tax  liability at September 30, 1999 with respect to
     the Federal base-year reserve and supplemental reserve was $2.7 million and
     $340 thousand,  respectively.  The  unrecognized  deferred tax liability at
     September  30,  1999  with  respect  to the  state  base-year  reserve  was
     approximately $1.1 million (net of Federal benefit).


                                     - 72 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


(13) EARNINGS PER SHARE

     The  following   table  sets  forth  certain   information   regarding  the
     calculation  of basic  earnings per share for the year ended  September 30,
     1999,  based on net income for the  six-month  period from April 1, 1999 to
     September 30, 1999. Earnings per share information for periods prior to the
     Company's  initial  public  offering on March 31,  1999 is not  applicable.
     Unallocated  ESOP shares are not  considered  outstanding  for earnings per
     share  computations.  The shares become  outstanding for earnings per share
     computations  when they are released for allocation.  During the year ended
     September  30,  1999,  the  Company did not have any  potentially  dilutive
     securities outstanding.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                WEIGHTED-
                                                            NET                   AVERAGE                PER SHARE
                                                          INCOME                  SHARES                  AMOUNT
                                                          ------                  ------                  ------
                                                     (In thousands)
<S>                                              <C>                              <C>                      <C>
           Basic earnings per share              $         3,723                  11,526,139               $0.32
                                                   ====================    ====================    ====================
</TABLE>

     On October 1, 1999,  the Company  granted  1,015,617  stock options with an
     exercise  price of $10.813 and 446,165  shares of  restricted  stock with a
     grant date fair value of $10.813 per share.  The options have a term of ten
     years and vest in equal annual  installments  over a five year period.  The
     restricted  shares  vest in  equal  annual  installments  over a five  year
     period.


(14) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     The  Company  maintains a  non-contributory  pension  plan with  Retirement
     System Group, Inc. covering substantially all its full-time employees.  The
     benefits are  generally  computed as two percent of the highest  three year
     "average annual earnings" multiplied by years of credited service,  subject
     to various caps and  adjustments  as provided for in the plan.  The amounts
     contributed  to the plan are  determined  annually  on the basis of (a) the
     maximum  amount that can be deducted for federal income tax purposes or (b)
     the amount  certified by an actuary as  necessary  to avoid an  accumulated
     funding  deficiency as defined by the Employee  Retirement  Income Security
     Act of 1974.  Contributions  are  intended to provide not only for benefits
     attributed  to service to date but also those  expected to be earned in the
     future.  Assets of the plan are  primarily  invested  in pooled  equity and
     fixed income funds.


                                     - 73 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     The following table sets forth the pension plan's funded status and amounts
     recognized in the Company's  consolidated financial statements at September
     30:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1999                    1998
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                                                                                             (In thousands)
<S>                                                                      <C>                                 <C>
         Reconciliation of projected benefit obligation:
            Obligation at beginning of year                              $          12,458                   10,388
              Service cost                                                             660                      580
              Interest cost                                                            829                      752
              Benefit payments                                                        (493)                    (412)
              Actuarial (gain) loss                                                   (872)                   1,150
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
            Obligation at end of year                                    $          12,582                   12,458
                                                                           ====================    ====================

         Reconciliation of fair value of plan assets:
            Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year                          12,805                   13,160
              Actual return on plan assets                                           2,295                       18
              Employer contributions                                                   383                       39
              Benefit payments                                                        (493)                    (412)
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
            Fair value of plan assets at end of year                     $          14,990                   12,805
                                                                           ====================    ====================

         Reconciliation of funded status:
            Funded status at end of year                                             2,408                      347
              Unrecognized net actuarial gain                                       (2,323)                    (241)
              Unrecognized prior service cost                                          292                      339
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                Prepaid pension cost at end of year                      $             377                      445
                                                                           ====================    ====================
</TABLE>

     Net  periodic  pension  cost  recognized  in  the  Company's   consolidated
     statements  of  income  for the  years  ended  September  30  included  the
     following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1999                    1998                    1997
                                                   --------------------    --------------------    --------------------
                                                                            (In thousands)
<S>                                              <C>                             <C>                        <C>
           Service cost                          $           660                     580                     482
           Interest cost                                     829                     752                     699
           Expected return on plan assets                 (1,085)                 (1,038)                   (868)
           Net amortization and deferral                      48                     (68)                    (51)
                                                   --------------------    --------------------    --------------------
              Net periodic pension cost          $           452                     226                     262
                                                   ====================    ====================    ====================
</TABLE>


                                     - 74 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     The actuarial  assumptions used in determining the actuarial  present value
     of the projected benefit obligations as of September 30 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1999                    1998                    1997
                                                   --------------------    --------------------    --------------------
<S>                                                       <C>                      <C>                    <C>
         Discount rate                                    7.25%                    6.50%                  7.25%
         Long-term rate of return                         8.50%                    8.00%                  8.00%
         Salary increase rate                             4.50%                    4.50%                  5.00%
</TABLE>

     The Company  maintains a 401(k)  savings  plan  covering  all  salaried and
     commissioned  employees who become  eligible to participate  upon attaining
     the age of twenty-one and completing one year of service.  Participants may
     contribute from 2% to 15% of their compensation.  The Company made matching
     contributions  equal  to 50% of the  participants'  contributions  (up to a
     limit of 3% of the participants' compensation) in fiscal 1997 and 1998, and
     through March 31, 1999 of fiscal 1999. Employer matching contributions vest
     20% per  year  beginning  after  one  year of  participation  in the  plan.
     Employer  matching  contributions  were  approximately  $77 thousand,  $146
     thousand and $125 thousand for the years ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and
     1997,  respectively.  The  plan was  amended  effective  April  1,  1999 to
     discontinue employer matching contributions.

     The Company has established a self-funded  employee welfare benefit plan to
     provide  health  care  coverage  (hospital   medical,   major  medical  and
     prescription  drug) for eligible  employees and their dependents who enroll
     in the plan.  This self insurance  program is  administered by an unrelated
     company.  Under the terms of the self insurance program,  the Company could
     incur  up to a  maximum  of  approximately  $913  thousand  for the cost of
     covered claims for the plan year ending  December 31, 1999. The Company has
     purchased a $1.0 million  insurance policy to cover claims in excess of the
     maximum  costs under the plan.  In addition,  there are lower  maximum cost
     limitations for individual claims.

     The Company provides certain  medical,  dental and life insurance  benefits
     for retired employees (post-retirement benefits).  Substantially all of the
     Company's  employees will become  eligible for those benefits if they reach
     normal  retirement  age while working for the Company and have the required
     years of service.


                                     - 75 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


       The following table sets forth the post-retirement  benefit plan's funded
       status and amounts  recognized  in the Company's  consolidated  financial
       statements at September 30:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1999                    1998
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                                                                                         (In thousands)
<S>                                                                      <C>                               <C>
           Reconciliation of accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation:
                Obligation at beginning of year                          $         3,437                   3,453
                  Service cost                                                       189                     170
                  Interest cost                                                      223                     204
                  Benefit payments                                                  (186)                   (156)
                  Actuarial gain                                                    (188)                   (234)
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                Obligation at end of year                                $         3,475                   3,437
                                                                           ====================    ====================

           Reconciliation of funded status:
                Unfunded post-retirement benefit obligation                       (3,475)                 (3,437)
                Unrecognized transition obligation                                 2,168                   2,304
                Unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss                              (192)                     15
                                                                           --------------------    --------------------
                    Accrued post-retirement benefit
                    liability                                            $        (1,499)                 (1,118)
                                                                           ====================    ====================
</TABLE>

     Net periodic  post-retirement  benefit  cost  recognized  in the  Company's
     consolidated statements of income for the years ended September 30 included
     the following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1999                    1998                    1997
                                                   --------------------    --------------------    --------------------
                                                                               (In thousands)
<S>                                              <C>                                 <C>                     <C>
           Service cost                          $           189                     170                     124
           Interest cost                                     223                     204                     237
           Amortization of transition
              obligation                                     136                     136                     136
                                                   --------------------    --------------------    --------------------
                 Net periodic
                   post-retirement
                   benefit cost                  $           548                     510                     497
                                                   ====================    ====================    ====================
</TABLE>

     The  weighted-average  discount rate used in  determining  the  accumulated
     post-retirement  benefit  obligation  was  7.25%,  6.50%  and  7.25%  as of
     September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.


                                     - 76 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     For  measurement  purposes,  5% and 3% annual  rates of increase in the per
     capita cost of covered medical and dental costs, respectively, were assumed
     for fiscal  1999 and  thereafter.  The  medical  and dental cost trend rate
     assumptions  have  a  significant  effect  on  the  amounts  reported.   To
     illustrate,  increasing the assumed medical and dental cost trend rates one
     percentage   point   in  each   year   would   increase   the   accumulated
     post-retirement   benefit   obligation   as  of   September   30,  1999  by
     approximately  $319  thousand  (9.2%) and  increase  the  aggregate  of the
     service  and  interest  cost  components  of net  periodic  post-retirement
     benefit  cost  for  fiscal  1999 by  approximately  $49  thousand  (11.9%).
     Decreasing  the assumed  medical and dental cost trend rates one percentage
     in  each  year  would  decrease  the  accumulated  post-retirement  benefit
     obligation as of September 30, 1999 by  approximately  $288 thousand (8.3%)
     and decrease the aggregate of the service and interest  cost  components of
     net periodic  post-retirement benefit cost for fiscal 1999 by approximately
     $43 thousand (10.4%).

     The Company  established an ESOP in conjunction with the Company's  initial
     public offering to provide  substantially  all employees of the Company the
     opportunity  to also become  shareholders.  The ESOP  borrowed $9.6 million
     from the  Company  and used the  funds to  purchase  971,122  shares of the
     common  stock of the  Company in the open  market.  The loan will be repaid
     principally from the Company's discretionary contributions to the ESOP over
     a  period  of  fifteen  years.  At  September  30,  1999,  the  loan had an
     outstanding balance of $9.6 million and an interest rate of 7.00%. Both the
     loan obligation and the unearned compensation will be reduced by the amount
     of loan  repayments  to be made by the  ESOP at the end of each  plan  year
     ending on December 31. Shares  purchased with the loan proceeds are held in
     a suspense account for allocation among participants as the loan is repaid.
     Shares released from the suspense account are allocated among  participants
     at the end of the plan year on the basis of  relative  compensation  in the
     year of allocation.

     Unallocated  ESOP  shares  are  pledged as  collateral  on the loan and are
     reported as a  reduction  of  shareholders'  equity.  The  Company  reports
     compensation  expense equal to the average market price of the shares to be
     released from collateral at the end of the plan year. The Company  recorded
     approximately $423 thousand of compensation expense related to the ESOP for
     the year ended September 30, 1999.


                                     - 77 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                      <C>
       The ESOP shares as of September 30, 1999 were as follows:
           Allocated shares                                                                                   -
           Shares released for allocation                                                                     -
           Unallocated shares                                                                            971,122
                Total ESOP shares                                                                        971,122

           Market value of unallocated shares at September 30, 1999 (In thousands)               $        10,500
                                                                                                   ====================
</TABLE>

     During  the  year  ended   September  30,  1999,  the  Company   adopted  a
     supplemental  retirement and benefit restoration plan for certain executive
     officers to restore  certain  benefits  that may be reduced due to Internal
     Revenue  Service  regulations  and  to  provide  supplemental  benefits  to
     selected  participants  in the  ESOP  who  retire  or  otherwise  terminate
     employment  before the ESOP has repaid the loan it incurred to purchase the
     Company's common stock. The benefits under this plan are unfunded and as of
     September 30, 1999, the accumulated  benefit  obligation was  approximately
     $896  thousand.  The  Company  recorded  an expense of  approximately  $158
     thousand relating to this plan during the year ended September 30, 1999.


(15) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

     (A)  LEASE OBLIGATIONS

          The Company leases several  banking  office  facilities  under various
          noncancellable   operating  leases.  These  leases  expire  (excluding
          renewal  options) in periods  ranging  from one to ten years.  Minimum
          rental commitments under lease contracts are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     Years ending September 30,
                            (In thousands)
                            --------------
<S>                                                                        <C>
                               2000                                        $         678
                               2001                                                  652
                               2002                                                  652
                               2003                                                  603
                               2004                                                  569
                               Thereafter                                            578
                                                                           --------------------
                                                                           $       3,732
                                                                           ====================
</TABLE>


                                     - 78 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     (B)  DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT

          During the year ended September 30, 1997, the Company renewed its data
          processing  agreement  through  January  2002.  At September 30, 1999,
          remaining  commitments  under this agreement were  approximately  $2.1
          million.

     (C)  OFF-BALANCE-SHEET FINANCING AND CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT

          The  Company  is  a  party  to  certain  financial   instruments  with
          off-balance-sheet  risk in the normal  course of  business to meet the
          financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include
          commitments  to extend  credit,  unused  lines of credit  and  standby
          letters of credit.  These  instruments  involve,  to varying  degrees,
          elements  of credit  risk in excess of the  amount  recognized  on the
          consolidated  financial  statements.  The  contract  amounts  of these
          instruments  reflect  the extent of  involvement  the  Company  has in
          particular classes of financial instruments.

          The Company's  exposure to credit loss in the event of  nonperformance
          by the other  party to the  commitments  to extend  credit and standby
          letters of credit is represented by the contractual notional amount of
          those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making
          commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

          Contract  amounts of financial  instruments  that represent the future
          extension of credit as of September 30 at fixed and variable  interest
          rates are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1999
                                                               --------------------------------------------------
                                                                     FIXED         VARIABLE             TOTAL
                                                                     -----         --------             -----
                                                                                (In thousands)

<S>                                                         <C>                        <C>              <C>
              Financial  instruments  whose contract
                 amounts  represent  credit risk:
                   Commitments outstanding:
                     Conventional mortgages                 $         12,088              1,368            13,456
                     Commercial real estate                               -              18,380            18,380
                     Construction loans                                   -              20,270            20,270
                                                              --------------    ---------------    --------------
                                                                      12,088             40,018            52,106
                                                              --------------    ---------------    --------------

                   Unused lines of credit:
                     Home equity                                          -               5,974             5,974
                     Commercial                                        6,412             58,445            64,857
                     Overdraft                                            -               2,863             2,863
                                                              --------------    ---------------    --------------
                                                                       6,412             67,282            73,694
                                                              --------------    ---------------    --------------

                   Standby letters of credit                              -               1,684             1,684
                                                              --------------    ---------------    --------------
                                                            $         18,500            108,984           127,484
                                                              ==============    ===============    ==============
</TABLE>


                                     - 79 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1998
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                     FIXED         VARIABLE             TOTAL
                                                                     -----         --------             -----
                                                                                (In thousands)
<S>                                                         <C>                          <C>            <C>
              Financial  instruments  whose contract
                amounts  represent  credit risk:
                   Commitments outstanding:
                     Conventional mortgages                 $         10,212                601            10,813
                     Commercial real estate                               -              12,886            12,886
                     Construction loans                                   -              14,575            14,575
                                                              --------------    ---------------    --------------
                                                                      10,212             28,062            38,274
                                                              --------------    ---------------    --------------

                   Unused lines of credit:
                     Home equity                                          -               6,242             6,242
                     Commercial                                       25,846             25,077            50,923
                     Overdraft                                            -               1,572             1,572
                                                              --------------    ---------------    --------------
                                                                      25,846             32,891            58,737
                                                              --------------    ---------------    --------------

                   Standby letters of credit                              -               2,721             2,721
                                                              --------------    ---------------    --------------
                                                            $         36,058             63,674            99,732
                                                              ==============    ===============    ==============
</TABLE>

          Commitments  to extend credit are  agreements to lend to a customer as
          long as there is no  violation  of any  condition  established  in the
          contract.  Commitments  generally have fixed expiration dates or other
          termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since not all of
          the  commitments  are  expected  to be  funded,  the total  commitment
          amounts do not necessarily  represent  future cash  requirements.  The
          Company evaluates each customer's  creditworthiness  on a case-by-case
          basis. The amount of collateral,  if any, required by the Company upon
          the extension of credit is based on management's  credit evaluation of
          the customer.  Mortgage and construction  loan commitments are secured
          by a first lien on real estate. Collateral on extensions of credit for
          commercial   loans  varies  but  may  include   accounts   receivable,
          inventory,   property,  plant  and  equipment,  and  income  producing
          commercial property.

          Commitments  to extend  credit  may be  written  on a fixed rate basis
          exposing the Company to interest rate risk given the possibility  that
          market rates may change  between  commitment  and actual  extension of
          credit.


                                     - 80 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


          Standby  letters of credit are conditional  commitments  issued by the
          Company to guarantee payment on behalf of a customer and guarantee the
          performance  of a customer to a third party.  The credit risk involved
          in issuing these  instruments is essentially the same as that involved
          in extending loans to customers.  Since a portion of these instruments
          will expire  unused,  the total amounts do not  necessarily  represent
          future cash requirements.  Each customer is evaluated individually for
          creditworthiness  under  the  same  underwriting  standards  used  for
          commitments to extend credit and on-balance sheet instruments. Company
          policies  governing loan collateral apply to standby letters of credit
          at the time of credit extension.

          Certain  residential  mortgage loans are written on an adjustable-rate
          basis and include  interest  rate caps which limit annual and lifetime
          increases in the interest rates on such loans.  Generally,  adjustable
          rate residential  mortgages have an annual rate increase cap of 2% and
          a  lifetime  rate  increase  cap of 5% to 6%.  These  caps  expose the
          Company to interest rate risk should market rates increase above these
          limits. At September 30, 1999 and 1998 approximately $55.5 million and
          $75.6 million of adjustable rate  residential  loans had interest rate
          caps.

          The Company  generally  enters into rate lock  agreements  at the time
          that residential mortgage loan applications are taken. These rate lock
          agreements  fix the  interest  rate at which the loan,  if  ultimately
          made,  will be  originated.  Such  agreements may exist with borrowers
          with whom  commitments to extend loans have been made, as well as with
          individuals who have not yet received a commitment.  The Company makes
          its  determination  of whether  or not to  identify a loan as held for
          sale at the time rate lock  agreements are entered into.  Accordingly,
          the Company is exposed to interest rate risk to the extent that a rate
          lock  agreement  is  associated  with  a  loan  application  or a loan
          commitment  which is  intended  to be held for  sale,  as well as with
          respect to loans held for sale.

          At September 30, 1999 and 1998,  the Company had rate lock  agreements
          (certain  of which  relate  to loan  applications  for which no formal
          commitment  has been made) and  conventional  mortgage  loans held for
          sale  amounting  to  approximately  $8.5  million  and $20.3  million,
          respectively.

          In  order  to  reduce  the  interest  rate  risk  associated  with the
          portfolio of  conventional  mortgage  loans held for sale,  as well as
          outstanding loan commitments and uncommitted  loan  applications  with
          rate lock  agreements  which  are  intended  to be held for sale,  the
          Company enters into  agreements to sell loans in the secondary  market
          to unrelated investors, and may also enter into option agreements.  At
          September 30, 1999 and 1998, the Company had mandatory commitments and
          cancelable  options to sell conventional  fixed rate mortgage loans at
          set prices amounting to approximately  $9.0 million and $25.0 million,
          respectively.  The Company believes that it will be able to meet these
          commitments without incurring any material losses.


                                     - 81 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     (D)  SERVICED LOANS

          Total loans  serviced by the Company for unrelated  third parties were
          approximately  $230.6 million and $195.7 million at September 30, 1999
          and 1998, respectively.

     (E)  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

          In the ordinary course of business there are various legal proceedings
          pending  against  the  Company.  Based on  consultation  with  outside
          counsel,  management  believes  that the aggregate  exposure,  if any,
          arising from such litigation  would not have a material adverse effect
          on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

     (F)  CHARITABLE FOUNDATION CONTRIBUTION COMMITMENT

          In fiscal 1998, the Bank  contributed $1.0 million in cash to The Troy
          Savings Bank Charitable Foundation (the "Foundation") and entered into
          a binding,  unconditional  commitment to contribute an additional $4.0
          million in cash to the Foundation over the next three years. In fiscal
          1999, the Bank  contributed an additional  $1.0 million in cash to the
          Foundation. The remaining cash contributions due to the Foundation are
          $1.5 million for each of the next two fiscal years.

          As of  September  30, 1999 and 1998,  the  present  value of the above
          commitment  was $3.5 million and $2.7 million,  respectively,  and was
          recorded as a liability in the consolidated statements of condition. A
          related  contribution expense of $4.5 million was recorded in the 1998
          consolidated  statement of income.  The difference between the present
          value of the  initial  commitment  and the  gross  amounts  due to the
          Foundation  is being  amortized  into  contribution  expense  over the
          initial three year payment period. Such amortization was $211 thousand
          in fiscal 1999.

     (G)  CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT

          The  Company  grants   commercial,   consumer  and  residential  loans
          primarily to customers  throughout  the six New York State counties of
          Albany,  Rensselaer,  Saratoga,  Schenectady,  Warren and  Washington.
          Although the Company has a diversified  loan portfolio,  a substantial
          portion of its debtors'  ability to honor their contracts is dependent
          upon the real estate and construction related sectors of the economy.


                                     - 82 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     (H)  RESERVE REQUIREMENT

          The Company is required  to  maintain  certain  reserves of vault cash
          and/or  deposits  with the Federal  Reserve  Bank.  The amount of this
          reserve  requirement,  included  in  cash  and  due  from  banks,  was
          approximately  $1.1 million and $1.0 million at September 30, 1999 and
          1998, respectively.

     (I)  LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT AND DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

          As part of the Bank's conversion from a mutual savings bank to a stock
          savings bank,  the Company  established  a  liquidation  account in an
          amount equal to the Bank's total equity as of September 30, 1998.  The
          liquidation   account  is  maintained  for  the  benefit  of  eligible
          depositors  who continue to maintain  their accounts at the Bank after
          the  conversion.  The liquidation  account is reduced  annually to the
          extent  that  eligible   depositors  have  reduced  their   qualifying
          deposits.  Subsequent  increases  do not restore an  eligible  account
          holder's  interest  in the  liquidation  account.  In the  event  of a
          complete  liquidation,  each  eligible  depositor  will be entitled to
          receive  a  distribution  from the  liquidation  account  in an amount
          proportionate to the current adjusted qualifying balances for accounts
          then held.  Neither the Company  nor the Bank may pay  dividends  that
          would  reduce  shareholders'  equity  below the  required  liquidation
          account balance.

          Dividend  payments  by the  Parent  company  must  be  within  certain
          guidelines  of the Federal  Reserve  Bank which  provide,  among other
          things,  that  dividends  generally  should be paid only from  current
          earnings. The Bank's ability to pay dividends to the Parent Company is
          also  subject to various  restrictions.  Under New York State  Banking
          Law,  dividends  may be  declared  and paid only from the  Bank's  net
          profits,  as defined.  The approval of the  Superintendent of Banks of
          the  State  of New York is  required  if the  total  of all  dividends
          declared  in any year will exceed the net profit for the year plus the
          retained net profits of the  preceding  two years.  At  September  30,
          1999, the Bank had approximately  $6.8 million in retained net profits
          which were available for dividend payments.


(16) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     SFAS No.  107,  "Disclosures  about Fair Value of  Financial  Instruments",
     requires that the Company disclose  estimated fair values for its financial
     instruments.  Fair value  estimates  are made at a specific  point in time,
     based on relevant market  information  and information  about the financial
     instrument.  These  estimates  do not reflect any premium or discount  that
     could  result  from  offering  for sale at one time  the  Company's  entire
     holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for
     a significant  portion of the Company's financial  instruments,  fair value
     estimates are based on judgments  regarding future expected net cash flows,
     current economic  conditions,  risk  characteristics  of various  financial
     instruments,  and other factors.  These  estimates are subjective in nature
     and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore
     cannot  be  determined  with  precision.   Changes  in  assumptions   could
     significantly affect the estimates.


                                     - 83 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     Fair  value  estimates  are  based on  existing  on-and  off-balance  sheet
     financial   instruments   without  attempting  to  estimate  the  value  of
     anticipated  future business and the value of assets and  liabilities  that
     are  not  considered   financial   instruments.   Significant   assets  and
     liabilities that are not considered financial assets or liabilities include
     the deferred tax assets and  liabilities  and  premises and  equipment.  In
     addition,   the  tax  ramifications  related  to  the  realization  of  the
     unrealized  gains and  losses can have a  significant  effect on fair value
     estimates and have not been considered in the estimates of fair value under
     SFAS No. 107.

     In addition there are significant  intangible assets that SFAS No. 107 does
     not  recognize,  such as the value of core deposits,  the Company's  branch
     network, and other items generally referred to as "goodwill."

     Short-Term Financial Instruments
     The  fair  values  of  certain  financial   instruments  are  estimated  to
     approximate their carrying values because the remaining term to maturity of
     the financial  instrument is less than 90 days or the financial  instrument
     reprices in 90 days or less.  Such financial  instruments  include cash and
     cash equivalents, accrued interest receivable, accrued interest payable and
     securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

     Loans Held for Sale
     The  estimated  fair value of loans held for sale is  calculated  by either
     using quoted market rates or, in the case where a firm  commitment has been
     made to sell the loan, the firm committed price.

     Securities Available for Sale and Investment Securities Held to Maturity
     Securities  available for sale and investment  securities  held to maturity
     are financial  instruments which are usually traded in broad markets.  Fair
     values  are based  upon  market  prices.  If a quoted  market  price is not
     available  for a  particular  security,  the fair  value is  determined  by
     reference   to  quoted   market   prices  for   securities   with   similar
     characteristics.

     Loans
     Fair values are  estimated for  portfolios of loans with similar  financial
     characteristics.  Loans are segregated by type including  residential  real
     estate, commercial real estate, construction, commercial loans and consumer
     loans.

     The estimated  fair value of performing  loans is calculated by discounting
     scheduled cash flows through the estimated  maturity using estimated market
     discount  rates that reflect the credit and interest  rate risk inherent in
     the respective loan portfolio.  The estimated fair value for non-performing
     loans is based on  recent  external  appraisals  or  estimated  cash  flows
     discounted  using a rate  commensurate  with the risk  associated  with the
     estimated cash flows.  Assumptions  regarding  credit risk, cash flows, and
     discount  rates  are   judgmentally   determined   using  available  market
     information and specific borrower information.


                                     - 84 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     Management has made estimates of fair value discount rates that it believes
     to be  reasonable.  However,  because there is no active market for many of
     these loans,  management  has no basis to determine  whether the  estimated
     fair value would be indicative of the value negotiated in an actual sale.

     Deposit Liabilities
     The  estimated  fair value of  deposits  with no stated  maturity,  such as
     non-interest  bearing demand deposits,  savings accounts,  N.O.W. and Super
     N.O.W. accounts,  money market accounts and mortgagors' escrow deposits, is
     regarded to be the amount  payable on demand.  The estimated  fair value of
     time deposits is based on the discounted  value of contractual  cash flows.
     The  discount  rate is  estimated  using the rates  currently  offered  for
     deposits of similar  remaining  maturities.  The fair value  estimates  for
     deposits do not include the benefit that results from the low-cost  funding
     provided by the deposit  liabilities  as compared to the cost of  borrowing
     funds in the market.

     Short-Term Borrowings and Long-Term Debt
     The estimated  fair value of short-term  borrowings  and long-term  debt is
     based on the discounted  value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate
     is estimated using the rates currently  offered for borrowings with similar
     maturities.

     Contributions Payable
     Contributions  payable  are  recorded  in the  consolidated  statements  of
     condition at the present value of the remaining commitments,  therefore the
     estimated fair value approximates the carrying value.

     Commitments to Extend Credit, Unused Lines of Credit and Standby Letters of
     Credit
     The fair value of commitments to extend credit,  unused lines of credit and
     standby-letters  of credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to
     enter into similar  agreements,  taking into account the remaining terms of
     the agreements and the present credit-worthiness of the counterparties. For
     fixed rate  commitments  to extend credit and unused lines of credit,  fair
     value also  considers the  difference  between  current  levels of interest
     rates and the  committed  rates.  Based  upon the  estimated  fair value of
     commitments to extend credit, unused lines of credit and standby letters of
     credit, there are no significant unrealized gains or losses associated with
     these financial instruments.


                                     - 85 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     Table of Financial Instruments

     The carrying  values and estimated fair values of financial  instruments as
     of September 30 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999                               1998
                                                 --------------------------------    -------------------------------
                                                                      ESTIMATED                          ESTIMATED
                                                    CARRYING            FAIR            CARRYING           FAIR
                                                      VALUE             VALUE             VALUE            VALUE
                                                      -----             -----             -----            -----
                                                                             (In thousands)
<S>                                               <C>                    <C>               <C>             <C>
       Financial assets:
          Cash and cash equivalents               $       35,935           35,935            17,915          17,915
          Loans held for sale                              4,064            4,064            11,096          11,096
          Securities available for sale                  280,871          280,871           197,758         197,758
          Investment securities held to
              maturity                                     2,534            2,582             3,483           3,621
          Loans                                          566,906          544,259           465,581         469,713
              Less:  Allowance for loan losses           (10,764)              -             (8,260)             -
                                                    ------------     ------------     -------------    ------------
                    Net loans                            556,142          544,259           457,321         469,713
                                                    ============     ============     =============    ============

       Accrued interest receivable                         5,270            5,270             4,287           4,287

       Financial liabilities:
          Deposits:
              Demand, savings, money market,
                 N.O.W. and Super N.O.W.
                 accounts                                335,661          335,661           321,528         321,528
              Time accounts                              227,712          227,928           256,674         258,254
          Mortgagors' escrow accounts                      1,596            1,596             1,900           1,900
          Securities sold under agreements
              to repurchase                                3,736            3,736             2,524           2,524
          Short-term borrowings                          100,700          100,644                -               -
          Long-term debt                                  44,497           42,229            44,940          44,940
          Accrued interest payable                           487              487               360             360
          Contributions payable                            2,664            2,664             3,453           3,453
</TABLE>


                                     - 86 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


(17) REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

     FDIC regulations  require savings  institutions to maintain a minimum level
     of regulatory  capital.  Under the  regulations  in effect at September 30,
     1999 and 1998,  the Bank was required to maintain a minimum  leverage ratio
     of Tier I  ("leverage"  or "core")  capital to adjusted  quarterly  average
     assets of 4.0%;  and minimum  ratios of Tier I capital and total capital to
     risk-weighted  assets of 4.0% and 8.0%,  respectively.  The Federal Reserve
     Bank  has  also  adopted  capital  adequacy  guidelines  for  bank  holding
     companies on a  consolidated  basis  substantially  similar to those of the
     FDIC.

     Under its prompt  corrective  action  regulations,  the FDIC is required to
     take certain  supervisory  actions (and may take  additional  discretionary
     actions)  with  respect to an  undercapitalized  institution.  Such actions
     could  have  a  direct  material  effect  on  an  institution's   financial
     statements. The regulations establish a framework for the classification of
     savings  institutions into five categories:  well  capitalized,  adequately
     capitalized,  under  capitalized,   significantly  under  capitalized,  and
     critically under  capitalized.  Generally an institution is considered well
     capitalized  if it has a Tier I capital  ratio of at least  5.0%  (based on
     total adjusted quarterly average assets); a Tier I risk-based capital ratio
     of at least 6.0%; and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%.

     The  foregoing  capital  ratios are based in part on specific  quantitative
     measures  of assets,  liabilities  and certain  off-balance  sheet items as
     calculated  under  regulatory  accounting  practices.  Capital  amounts and
     classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the FDIC about
     capital components, risk-weighting and other factors.

     Management  believes  that, as of September 30, 1999 and 1998, the Bank and
     the  Company  met all  capital  adequacy  requirements  to which  they were
     subject. Further, the most recent FDIC notification categorized the Bank as
     a  well  capitalized   institution   under  the  prompt  corrective  action
     regulations.   There  have  been  no   conditions   or  events  since  that
     notification  that  management  believes  have  changed the Bank's  capital
     classification.


                                     - 87 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


     The  following  is a summary of the actual  capital  amounts and actual and
     required   capital  ratios  as  of  September  30  for  the  Bank  and  the
     consolidated Company:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1999
                                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              REQUIRED RATIOS
                                                                                     ------------------------------------
                                                           ACTUAL CAPITAL                 MINIMUM      CLASSIFICATION
                                                   -------------------------------        CAPITAL          AS WELL
                                                       AMOUNT            RATIO           ADEQUACY        CAPITALIZED
                                                       ------            -----           --------        -----------
                                                                          (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                <C>                  <C>                <C>              <C>
         Tier 1 Capital:
             Bank                                  $    121,358         14.48%             4.00%            5.00%
             Consolidated                               180,339         21.21              4.00             5.00

         Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital:
             Bank                                       121,358         19.36              4.00             6.00
             Consolidated                               180,339         28.71              4.00             6.00

         Total Risk-Based Capital:
             Bank                                       129,193         20.61              8.00            10.00
             Consolidated                               188,191         29.96              8.00            10.00
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1998
                                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              REQUIRED RATIOS
                                                                                     ------------------------------------
                                                           ACTUAL CAPITAL                 MINIMUM      CLASSIFICATION
                                                   -------------------------------        CAPITAL          AS WELL
                                                       AMOUNT            RATIO           ADEQUACY        CAPITALIZED
                                                       ------            -----           --------        -----------
                                                                          (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                <C>                  <C>                <C>              <C>
         Tier 1 Capital:
             Bank                                  $     70,114          9.89%             4.00%            5.00%

         Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital:
             Bank                                        70,114         14.02              4.00             6.00

         Total Risk-Based Capital:
             Bank                                        76,368         15.27              8.00            10.00
</TABLE>


                                     - 88 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


(18) CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY

     The  Parent  Company  began  operations  in  conjunction  with  the  Bank's
     mutual-to-stock conversion and the Parent Company's initial public offering
     of its common stock. The following  represents the Parent Company's balance
     sheet as of September 30, 1999,  and its income  statement and statement of
     cash flows for the period April 1, 1999 through September 30, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        BALANCE SHEET
                                                       (In thousands)

       ASSETS

<S>                                                                                        <C>
         Cash and cash equivalents                                                         $             15
         Loan receivable from subsidiary bank                                                        48,169
         Loan receivable from ESOP                                                                    9,620
         Accrued interest receivable                                                                    273
         Other assets                                                                                 2,293
         Investment in equity of subsidiary bank                                                    121,456
                                                                                             -------------------
              Total assets                                                                 $        181,826
                                                                                             ===================

       LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

         Payable to subsidiary bank                                                                   1,387
         Total shareholders' equity                                                                 180,439
              Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                                   $        181,826
                                                                                             ===================
</TABLE>


                                     - 89 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      INCOME STATEMENT
                                                       (In thousands)


                                                                                          For the period April 1, 1999
                                                                                           through September 30, 1999
                                                                                           --------------------------
<S>                                                                                        <C>
       Interest income:
         Loans to subsidiary bank and ESOP                                                 $            567
         Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits                                               322
                                                                                             -------------------
              Total interest income                                                                     889
                                                                                             -------------------
       Total non-interest expenses                                                                       38
                                                                                             -------------------
         Income before income tax expense and equity in
           undistributed earnings of subsidiary bank                                                    851
         Income tax expense                                                                            (341)
         Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary bank                                          3,213
                                                                                             -------------------
              Net income                                                                   $          3,723
                                                                                             ===================
</TABLE>


                                     - 90 -
<PAGE>


                    TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                                       (In thousands)

                                                                                          For the period April 1, 1999
                                                                                           through September 30, 1999
                                                                                           --------------------------
<S>                                                                                        <C>
       Cash flows from operating activities:
         Net income                                                                        $          3,723
         Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
           provided by operating activities:
              Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary bank                                    (3,213)
              Increase in accrued interest receivable                                                  (273)
              Net increase in other assets                                                             (659)
              Net increase in intercompany payable to
                subsidiary bank                                                                       1,387
                                                                                             -------------------
                  Net cash provided by operating activities                                             965
                                                                                             -------------------

       Cash flows from investing activities:
         Investment in equity of subsidiary bank                                                    (56,837)
         Loan made to subsidiary bank                                                               (48,169)
         Loan made to ESOP                                                                           (9,620)
                                                                                             -------------------
                  Net cash used in investing activities                                            (114,626)
                                                                                             -------------------

       Cash flows from financing activities:
         Net proceeds from stock offering                                                           113,676
                  Net cash provided by financing activities                                         113,676

       Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                                                         15
       Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                                                  -
                                                                                             -------------------
       Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                                          $             15
                                                                                             ===================

       Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities:

           Recognition of subsidiary bank's total equity on date of Parent
              Company's investment in equity of subsidiary bank                            $         62,020
                                                                                             ===================
         Adjustment of subsidiary bank's securities available for sale to fair value, net of tax $        (614)
                                                                                                   ================
</TABLE>


                                     - 91 -
<PAGE>

ITEM 9. CHARGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        None.
                                    PART III

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The  information  required  herein is  incorporated  by reference from Troy
Financial's definitive Proxy Statement for its annual meeting of shareholders to
be held in February 2000, (the "Proxy  Statement")  which will be filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  within 120 days of Troy  Financial's  1999
fiscal year end.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The information required herein is incorporated by reference from the Proxy
Statement.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The information required herein is incorporated by reference from the Proxy
Statement.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The information required herein is incorporated by reference from the Proxy
Statement.

                                     PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

     (a)(1) The following  consolidated financial statements are incorporated by
            reference from Item 8 hereof:

            Consolidated Statements of Condition -- September 30, 1999 and 1998.

            Consolidated Statements of Income -- Years Ended September 30, 1999,
            1998, and 1997.

            Consolidated  Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity -- Years
            Ended September 30, 1999, 1998, and 1997.

            Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -- Years Ended  September  30,
            1999, 1998, and 1997.

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

            Independent Auditors' Report.

     (a)(2) There are no financial statements schedules which are required to be
            filed as part of this form since they are not applicable.

     (a)(3) See (c) below for all exhibits filed herewith and the Exhibit Index.

     (b)  Reports on Form 8-K

          On September 30, 1999, Troy Financial filed a Form 8-K that included a
     press release dated September 29, 1999, stating its intention to repurchase
     up to 4% of its  outstanding  stock  and to  reissue  the  stock  under its
     Long-Term Equity Compensation Plan.


                                     - 92 -
<PAGE>

     (c)  Exhibits.  The  following  exhibits  are either  filed as part of this
          annual report on Form 10-K, or are incorporated herein by reference:

      Exhibit No.                        Exhibit
     -----------                         -------
         3.1      Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the
                  Company  (incorporated  by reference  herein to Exhibit 3.1 to
                  the  Company's  Registration  Statement on Form S-1,  File No.
                  333-68813)
         3.2      Bylaws of the Company  (incorporated  by  reference  herein to
                  Exhibit 3.2 to the  Company's  Registration  Statement on Form
                  S-1, File No. 333-68813)
         4.1      Certificate of  Incorporation of the Company (filed as Exhibit
                  3.1 hereto)
         4.2      Bylaws of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3.2 hereto)
         4.3      Specimen certificate  evidencing shares of Common Stock of the
                  (incorporated  by  reference  herein  to  Exhibit  4.3  to the
                  Company's   Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1,  File  No.
                  333-68813)
         10.1     1999 Long-Term Equity Compensation Plan
         10.2     Form  of  Employment  Agreements  (incorporated  by  reference
                  herein to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Registration Statement
                  on Form S-1, File No. 333-68813)
         10.3     Form of  Employment  Protection  Agreements  (incorporated  by
                  reference herein to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Registration
                  Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-68813)
         10.4     Form  of   Employee   Change   of   Control   Severance   Plan
                  (incorporated  by  reference  herein  to  Exhibit  10.4 to the
                  Company's   Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1,  File  No.
                  333-68813)
         10.5     Form of Supplemental  Retirement and Benefits Restoration Plan
                  (incorporated  by  reference  herein  to  Exhibit  10.5 to the
                  Company's   Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1,  File  No.
                  333-68813)
         21.1     Subsidiaries of Troy Financial Corporation
         27.1     Financial Data Schedule

     (d)  There  are no  other  financial  statements  and  financial  statement
          schedules  which  were  excluded  form the  Annual  Report  which  are
          required to be included herein.

- ------------


                                     - 93 -
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, Troy Financial Corporation has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                           TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                                           (Registrant)



December 20, 1999
                                             /s/ Daniel J. Hogarty
                                           --------------------------------
                                           Daniel J. Hogarty, Jr.
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer

    Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.




                                  By: /s/ Daniel J. Hogarty
                                      ---------------------------------
                                  Daniel J. Hogarty, Jr.
                                  President, Chief Executive Officer
                                    and Director (Principal Executive
                                    Officer)

                                  Date: 12/20/99
                                        -----------------------

                                  By: /s/ Edward M. Maziejka
                                      -------------------------
                                  Edward M. Maziejka, Jr.
                                  Chief Financial Officer (Principal
                                    Financial Officer)

                                  Date: 12/20/99
                                        -----------------------

                                  By: /s/ George H. Arakelian
                                      -------------------------
                                  George H. Arakelian, Director

                                  Date: 12/20/99
                                        -----------------------

                                  By: /s/ Richard B. Devane
                                      -------------------------
                                  Richard B. Devane, Director

                                  Date: 12/20/99
                                        -----------------------

                                  By: /s/ Michael E. Fleming
                                      -------------------------
                                  Michael E. Fleming, Director

                                  Date: 12/20/99




                                     - 94 -
<PAGE>

                                  By: /s/ Willie A. Hammett
                                      ---------------------------
                                  Willie A. Hammett, Director

                                  Date: 12/20/99
                                        -------------------------

                                  By: /s/ Thomas B. Healy
                                      ---------------------------
                                  Thomas B. Healy, Director

                                  Date: 12/20/99
                                        ------------------------

                                  By: /s/ Keith D. Millsop
                                      --------------------------
                                  Keith D. Millsop, Director

                                  Date: 12/20/99
                                        ------------------------

                                  By: /s/ Edward G. O'Haire
                                      --------------------------
                                  Edward G. O'Haire, Director

                                  Date: 12/20/99


                                  By: /s/ Marvin L. Wulf
                                      -------------------------
                                  Marvin L. Wulf, Director

                                  Date: 12/20/99


                                     - 95 -
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

      EXHIBIT NO.                          EXHIBIT
      -----------                          -------

         3.1      Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the
                  Company  (incorporated  by reference  herein to Exhibit 3.1 to
                  the  Company's  Registration  Statement on Form S-1,  File No.
                  333-68813)

         3.2      Bylaws of the Company  (incorporated  by  reference  herein to
                  Exhibit 3.2 to the  Company's  Registration  Statement on Form
                  S-1, File No. 333-68813)

         4.1      Certificate of  Incorporation of the Company (filed as Exhibit
                  3.1 hereto)

         4.2      Bylaws of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3.2 hereto)

         4.3      Specimen certificate  evidencing shares of Common Stock of the
                  (incorporated  by  reference  herein  to  Exhibit  4.3  to the
                  Company's   Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1,  File  No.
                  333-68813)

         10.1     1999 Long-Term Equity Compensation Plan

         10.6     Form  of  Employment  Agreements  (incorporated  by  reference
                  herein to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Registration Statement
                  on Form S-1, File No. 333-68813)

         10.7     Form of  Employment  Protection  Agreements  (incorporated  by
                  reference herein to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Registration
                  Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-68813)

         10.8     Form  of   Employee   Change   of   Control   Severance   Plan
                  (incorporated  by  reference  herein  to  Exhibit  10.4 to the
                  Company's   Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1,  File  No.
                  333-68813)

         10.9     Form of Supplemental  Retirement and Benefits Restoration Plan
                  (incorporated  by  reference  herein  to  Exhibit  10.5 to the
                  Company's   Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1,  File  No.
                  333-68813)

         21.1     Subsidiaries of Troy Financial Corporation

         27.1     Financial Data Schedule


                           TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION

                       LONG-TERM EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN
<PAGE>

                           TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION

                       LONG-TERM EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   PAGE
                                                                                                   ----

<S>                                                                                                 <C>
1. PURPOSE...........................................................................................1

2. DEFINITIONS.......................................................................................1

3. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN........................................................................4

4. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.........................................................................5

5. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN...............................................................6

6. DISCRETIONARY GRANTS..............................................................................6

7. LIMITATIONS ON GRANTS.............................................................................7

8. AWARD AGREEMENT...................................................................................7

9. OPTION PRICE......................................................................................7

10. VESTING, TERM AND EXERCISE OF OPTIONS............................................................8

11. MANAGEMENT RECOGNITION PLAN TRUST...............................................................11

12. TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.......................................................................11

13. RESTRICTED STOCK.................................................................................11

14. PARACHUTE LIMITATIONS............................................................................14

15. REQUIREMENTS OF LAW..............................................................................15

16. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN............................................................16

17. EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION..............................................................16

18. DISCLAIMER OF RIGHTS.............................................................................18

19. NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN.......................................................................19

20. WITHHOLDING TAXES................................................................................19
</TABLE>

                                       - i -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                 <C>
21. CAPTIONS.........................................................................................19

22. OTHER PROVISIONS.................................................................................20

23. NUMBER AND GENDER................................................................................20

24. SEVERABILITY.....................................................................................20

25. GOVERNING LAW....................................................................................20
</TABLE>


                                       - ii -

<PAGE>



                           TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION

                       LONG-TERM EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN

     Troy Financial  Corporation,  a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  sets
forth herein the terms of its Long-Term Equity Compensation Plan (the "Plan") as
follows:

1.   PURPOSE

     The Plan is intended to enhance the Company's ability to attract and retain
highly qualified officers, employees,  directors,  consultants and other service
providers to advance the interests of the Company by providing such persons with
stronger  incentives  to continue to serve the  Company and its  Affiliates  (as
defined herein) and to expend maximum effort to improve the business results and
earnings of the Company.  The Plan is intended to accomplish  this  objective by
providing  to eligible  persons an  opportunity  to acquire or increase a direct
proprietary  interest in the operations  and future  success of the Company.  To
this  end,  the  Plan is  comprised  of a stock  option  plan  and a  Management
Recognition Plan. The stock option portion of the Plan provides for the grant of
stock options and the Management Recognition Plan portion provides for the grant
of restricted  stock and restricted  stock units,  in accordance  with the terms
hereof.  Stock options granted under the Plan may be non-qualified stock options
or  incentive  stock  options,  as provided  herein,  except that stock  options
granted to non-employee directors and other persons who are not employees of the
Company or a Subsidiary shall in all cases be non-qualified stock options.

2.   DEFINITIONS

     For  purposes of  interpreting  the Plan and related  documents  (including
Award Agreements), the following definitions shall apply:

     2.1 "Affiliate" of, or Person  "affiliated" with, a Person means any Person
that  controls,  is  controlled  by or is under common  control with such Person
within the  meaning of Rule 405 of  Regulation  C under the 1933 Act (as defined
herein), or any successor provision.

     2.2 "Award  Agreement" means the stock option  agreement,  restricted stock
agreement,  restricted stock unit agreement or other written  agreement  between
the Company and a Grantee that  evidences and sets out the terms and  conditions
of a Grant.

     2.3  "Benefit  Arrangement"  shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 14
hereof.

     2.4 "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

<PAGE>

     2.5 "Code" means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as now in effect or as
hereafter amended.

     2.6  "Committee"  means a committee of, and designated from time to time by
resolution  of, the Board,  which shall  consist of no fewer than two members of
the Board.  During any time when the  Company  has a class of equity  securities
registered  under  Section 12 of the Exchange  Act, each member of the Committee
shall qualify in all respects as a "non-employee director" within the meaning of
Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or any  successor  rule or  regulation  and an
"outside director" for purposes of Code Section 162(m).

     2.7 "Company" means Troy Financial Corporation.

     2.8 "Effective Date" is defined in SECTION 5.1 below.

     2.9  "Exchange  Act" means the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as now in
effect or as hereafter amended.

     2.10 "Fair Market Value" means the value of a share of Stock, determined as
follows: if on the Grant Date or other determination date the Stock is listed on
an established national or regional stock exchange,  is admitted to quotation on
an automated  quotation system  maintained by the NASD, or otherwise is publicly
traded on an established  securities market, the Fair Market Value of a share of
Stock shall be the closing price of the Stock on such exchange or in such market
(the  highest  such  closing  price if there is more than one such  exchange  or
market) on the Grant Date or such  other  determination  date (or if there is no
such reported closing price, the Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the
highest bid and lowest  asked  prices or between the high and low sale prices on
such  trading  day) or, if no sale of Stock is reported for such trading day, on
the next preceding day on which any sale shall have been reported.  If the Stock
is not  listed on such an  exchange,  quoted on such  system or traded on such a
market,  Fair  Market  Value  shall  be the  value of the  Stock  as  reasonably
determined by the Board in good faith.

     2.11 "Grant"  means an award of an Option,  Restricted  Stock or Restricted
Stock Units under the Plan.

     2.12  "Grant  Date"  means  the later of (i) the date as of which the Board
approves  the Grant or (ii) the date as of which the  Grantee and the Company or
Service Provider enter into the relationship resulting in the Grantee's becoming
eligible to receive a Grant.

     2.13  "Grantee"  means a person who receives or holds one or more Grants of
Options, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units under the Plan.



                                       2
<PAGE>

     2.14  "Incentive  Stock  Option"  means  an  option  that  is  specifically
designated as being intended to qualify on the Grant Date as an "incentive stock
option"  within the  meaning of Section  422 of the Code,  or the  corresponding
provision of any subsequently enacted tax statute, as amended from time to time.

     2.15  "Option"  means an option  to  purchase  one or more  shares of Stock
pursuant to the Plan.

     2.16 "Option Period" means the period during which Options may be exercised
as set forth in SECTION 10 hereof.

     2.17  "Option  Price"  means the  purchase  price  for each  share of Stock
subject to an Option.

     2.18  "Other  Agreement"  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in SECTION 14
hereof.

     2.19  "Person"  means any  person or group  within  the  meaning of Section
13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.

     2.20  "Plan"  means  the  Troy  Financial   Corporation   Long-Term  Equity
Compensation Plan.

     2.21  "Reporting  Person"  means a person who is required  to file  reports
under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

     2.22 "Restricted  Period" means the period during which Restricted Stock or
Restricted  Stock Units are subject to  restrictions  or conditions  pursuant to
SECTION 13.2 hereof.

     2.23  "Restricted  Stock"  means  shares  of  Stock,  awarded  to a Grantee
pursuant to SECTION 13 hereof, that are subject to restrictions and to a risk of
forfeiture.

     2.24 "Restricted  Stock Unit" means a unit awarded to a Grantee pursuant to
SECTION 13 hereof,  which  represents a conditional  right to receive a share of
Stock in the  future,  and which is  subject  to  restrictions  and to a risk of
forfeiture.

     2.25 "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as now in effect or
as hereafter amended.

     2.26 "Service  Provider"  means a consultant or adviser to the Company,  or
other similar service provider or Affiliate of the Company, and employees of any
of the  foregoing,  and a member of the board of directors of the Company or any
Subsidiary  who is not an  employee  of the  Company  or a  Subsidiary,  as such
persons may be designated  from time to time by the Board  pursuant to SECTION 6
hereof.



                                       3
<PAGE>

     2.27 "Stock"  means the common  stock,  par value $.0001 per share,  of the
Company.

     2.28 "Subsidiary" means any "subsidiary  corporation" of the Company within
the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.

     2.29  "Termination  Date"  shall be the date  upon  which an  Option  shall
terminate or expire, as set forth in SECTION 10.2 hereof.

     2.30 "Trust" means the Troy Financial  Corporation  Management  Recognition
Plan Trust described in SECTION 11 below.

3.   ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

     3.1 General.  The Plan shall be administered by the Board, which shall have
the full power and authority to take all actions and to make all  determinations
required  or  provided  for under  the Plan,  any  Option  granted  or any Award
Agreement entered into hereunder.  The Board shall have full power and authority
to take all such other  actions and  determinations  not  inconsistent  with the
specific terms and provisions of the Plan, which the Board deems to be necessary
or appropriate to the  administration  of the Plan, any Grant made, or any Award
Agreement entered into,  hereunder.  The Board's  reasonable  interpretation and
construction  of any  provision  of the Plan,  any Grant or any Award  Agreement
shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons.

     3.2 Committee.  The Board, in its sole discretion,  may appoint a Committee
to administer  the Plan,  subject to such terms and  conditions as the Board may
prescribe. Once appointed, the Committee shall continue to serve until otherwise
directed by the Board. In its discretion, the Board may provide that the role of
the Committee shall be limited to making recommendations to the Board concerning
any  determinations  to be made and actions to be taken by the Board pursuant to
or with  respect to the Plan,  or the Board may delegate to the  Committee  such
powers and authorities  related to the  administration of the Plan, as set forth
in  SECTION  3.1  above,  as the  Board  shall  determine,  consistent  with the
Certificate of  Incorporation  and By-laws of the Company and applicable law. In
the event that the Plan, any Grant or Award Agreement provides for any action to
be taken by or determination  to be made by the Board,  such action may be taken
by or such determination may be made by the Committee if the power and authority
to do so has been  delegated  to the  Committee  by the Board as provided for in
this Section.  Unless  otherwise  expressly  determined  by the Board,  any such
action or determination by the Committee shall be final and conclusive.

     3.3 Discretionary Grants.  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan,
the Board shall have full and final  authority  to  designate  Grantees,  (i) to
determine


                                       4
<PAGE>

the type or types of Grant to be made to a Grantee, (ii) to determine the number
of shares of Stock to be subject to a Grant,  (iii) to  establish  the terms and
conditions of each Grant  (including,  but not limited to, the exercise price of
any  Option,  the  nature and  duration  of any  restriction  or  condition  (or
provision for lapse thereof)  relating to the vesting,  exercise,  transfer,  or
forfeiture of a Grant or the shares of Stock subject  thereto,  and any terms or
conditions that may be necessary to qualify Options as Incentive Stock Options),
(iv) to prescribe the form of each Award Agreement  evidencing a Grant,  and (v)
to amend,  modify, or supplement the terms of any outstanding Grant (except that
no such amendment,  modification or  supplementation  shall adversely affect the
Grantee  without  the  consent  of the  Grantee).  Such  authority  specifically
includes  the  authority,  in order to  effectuate  the purposes of the Plan but
without  amending the Plan,  to modify  Grants to eligible  individuals  who are
foreign  nationals or are individuals who are employed outside the United States
to recognize  differences in local law, tax policy, or custom. As a condition to
any subsequent  Grant,  the Board shall have the right,  at its  discretion,  to
require Grantees to return to the Company any Grants previously  awarded to them
under the Plan.  Subject to the terms and  conditions of the Plan,  any such new
Grant shall be made upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall specify in
its discretion.

     3.4 No  Liability.  No  member of the  Board or of the  Committee  shall be
liable for any action or  determination  made  reasonably and in good faith with
respect to the Plan or any Grant or Award Agreement.

     3.5  Applicability  of Rule 16b-3.  Those  provisions of the Plan that make
express  reference  to Rule 16b-3  under the  Exchange  Act shall  apply only to
Reporting Persons.

4.   STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

     Subject to  adjustment  as  provided  in  SECTION 17 hereof,  the number of
shares of Stock  available  for  issuance  under the Plan shall be  1,699,463 of
which 1,213,902 shall be available for issuance  pursuant to Options and 485,561
shall be available  for issuance as  Restricted  Stock or pursuant to Restricted
Stock Units.  Stock issued or to be issued under the Plan may be authorized  but
unissued  shares,  treasury shares or, in the case of Stock issued as Restricted
Stock or pursuant to Restricted Stock Units,  shares of Stock held by the Trust.
If any shares  covered by a Grant are not  purchased or are  forfeited,  or if a
Grant is canceled or otherwise  terminates without delivery of any Stock subject
thereto, then the number of shares of Stock counted against the aggregate number
of shares  available  under the Plan with  respect to such Grant  shall,  to the
extent of any such forfeiture,  cancellation or termination,  again be available
for making Grants under the Plan.



                                       5
<PAGE>

5.   EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN

     5.1 Effective Date. The Plan shall be effective as of the latest of (1) the
date the Plan is  adopted  by the Board,  (2) the date the Plan is  approved  by
stockholders  of the  Company by a majority  of the votes  entitled to vote at a
duly held meeting of the stockholders at which a quorum  representing a majority
of all outstanding  voting stock is present,  either in person or by proxy or by
written consent in accordance with the Company's  Articles of Incorporation  and
By-Laws  or (3) the  later of (i)  April  1,  2000 and (ii) the date the Plan is
approved by  stockholders  of the Company by a majority of the votes present and
entitled to vote at a duly held  meeting of the  stockholders  at which a quorum
representing a majority of all  outstanding  voting stock is present,  either in
person  or by proxy or by  written  consent  in  accordance  with the  Company's
Articles of Incorporation  and By-Laws (the "Effective  Date");  provided,  that
such  approval of  stockholders  must occur  within one year before or after the
adoption of the Plan by the Board. If the stockholders  fail to approve the Plan
within one year after the Plan is approved  by the Board,  or if the Board fails
to adopt the Plan within one year after the Plan is  approved  by  stockholders,
the Plan shall be null and void and of no effect.  No Grants shall be made under
the Plan before it has been  approved by the Board and the  stockholders  of the
Company, as set out in this SECTION 5.1.

     5.2 Term. The Plan shall  terminate on the 10th  anniversary of the date on
which  the Plan is  adopted  by the Board or  approved  by  stockholders  of the
Company, whichever is earlier.

6.   DISCRETIONARY GRANTS

     6.1 Company or Subsidiary Employees.  Grants (including Grants of Incentive
Stock  Options)  may be made under the Plan to any employee of the Company or of
any Subsidiary, including any such employee who is an officer or director of the
Company or of any  Subsidiary,  as the Board shall  determine and designate from
time to time.

     6.2  Service  Providers.  Grants may be made under the Plan to any  Service
Provider whose participation in the Plan is determined by the Board to be in the
best  interests  of the Company  and is so  designated  by the Board;  provided,
however,  that Grants to Service  Providers who are not employees of the Company
or of any Subsidiary shall not be Incentive Stock Options.

     6.3 Successive  Grants. An eligible person may receive more than one Grant,
subject to such restrictions as are provided herein.



                                       6
<PAGE>

7.   LIMITATIONS ON GRANTS

     7.1  Limitation on Shares of Stock Subject to Grants.  During any time when
the Company has a class of equity securities  registered under Section 12 of the
Exchange Act, the maximum  number of shares of Stock subject to Options that can
be awarded  under the Plan to any person  eligible for a Grant is [500,000]  per
year, subject to adjustment pursuant to SECTION 17 hereof.

     7.2 Limitations on Incentive Stock Options.  An Option shall  constitute an
Incentive  Stock Option only (i) if the Grantee of such Option is an employee of
the Company or any  Subsidiary of the Company;  (ii) to the extent  specifically
provided  in the  related  Award  Agreement;  and (iii) to the  extent  that the
aggregate  Fair Market Value  (determined  at the time the Option is granted) of
the shares of Stock with respect to which all  Incentive  Stock  Options held by
such Grantee  become  exercisable  for the first time during any  calendar  year
(under the Plan and all other plans of the Company  and  Subsidiaries)  does not
exceed $100,000. This limitation shall be applied by taking Options into account
in the order in which they were  granted.  To the extent that an Option does not
satisfy such requirements, the Option shall constitute a non-qualified option.

8.   AWARD AGREEMENT

     Each Grant  pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award  Agreement,
to be executed by the Company and by the  Grantee,  in such form or forms as the
Board shall from time to time determine.  Award Agreements  granted from time to
time or at the same  time  need not  contain  similar  provisions  but  shall be
consistent with the terms of the Plan.  Each Award Agreement  evidencing a Grant
of Options  shall  specify  whether  and to the  extent  that such  Options  are
intended to be non-qualified stock options or Incentive Stock Options.

9.   OPTION PRICE

     The Option  Price of each Option  shall be fixed by the Board and stated in
the Award  Agreement  evidencing  such Option.  The Option Price of an Incentive
Stock  Option shall be the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date of a share of the
Stock;  provided,  however,  that in the event that a Grantee would otherwise be
ineligible to receive an Incentive  Stock Option by reason of the  provisions of
Sections 422(b)(6) and 424(d) of the Code (relating to ownership of more than 10
percent of the  Company's  outstanding  Stock),  the  Option  Price of an Option
granted to such Grantee  that is intended to be an Incentive  Stock Option shall
be not less than the greater of the par value of a share of Stock or 110 percent
of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date. In no case shall
the Option Price of any Option be less than the par value of a share of Stock.



                                       7
<PAGE>

10.  VESTING, TERM AND EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     10.1  Vesting  and  Option   Period.   Subject  to  applicable   regulatory
requirements,  each Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable, in whole
or in part,  at any time and from  time to time over a period  commencing  on or
after the Grant  Date and  ending  upon the  expiration  or  termination  of the
Option,  as the Board  shall  determine  and set  forth in the  Award  Agreement
relating to such Option.  Without limiting the foregoing,  the Board, subject to
the terms and conditions of the Plan and applicable regulatory requirements, may
in its sole  discretion  provide  that an Option  granted to persons  may not be
exercised  in whole or in part for a stated  period or  periods  of time  during
which such Option is outstanding.  For purposes of this SECTION 10.1, fractional
numbers  of shares of Stock  subject to an Option  shall be rounded  down to the
next  nearest  whole  number.  The  period  during  which  any  Option  shall be
exercisable  in accordance  with the foregoing  schedule  shall  constitute  the
"Option Period" with respect to such Option.

     10.2 Term.  Each Option  granted  under the Plan shall  terminate,  and all
rights to purchase shares of Stock thereunder  shall cease,  upon the expiration
of 10 years from the date such  Option is granted,  or under such  circumstances
and on such date prior thereto as is set forth in the Plan or as may be fixed by
the  Board and  stated  in the Award  Agreement  relating  to such  Option  (the
"Termination Date"); provided, however, that in the event that the Grantee would
otherwise be  ineligible  to receive an Incentive  Stock Option by reason of the
provisions of Sections  422(b)(6) and 424(d) of the Code  (relating to ownership
of more than 10 percent of the  outstanding  Stock),  an Option  granted to such
Grantee  that  is  intended  to  be an  Incentive  Stock  Option  shall  not  be
exercisable after the expiration of five years from its Grant Date.

     10.3 Acceleration. Any limitation on the exercise of an Option contained in
any Award  Agreement may be rescinded,  modified or waived by the Board,  in its
sole discretion,  at any time and from time to time after the Grant Date of such
Option,  so as to  accelerate  the time at which the  Option  may be  exercised.
Notwithstanding  any other provision of the Plan, no Option shall be exercisable
in whole or in part before the date the Plan is approved by the  stockholders of
the Company as provided in SECTION 5.1 hereof.

     10.4 Termination of Employment or Other Relationship.  Upon the termination
(i) of the  employment  of a Grantee  with the Company or a Service  Provider or
(ii) of a Service Provider's  relationship with the Company,  other than, in the
case of  individuals,  by reason of death or  "permanent  and total  disability"
(within  the  meaning of Section  22(e)(3)  of the  Code),  except as  otherwise
provided by the Board in the applicable Award  Agreement,  any Option or portion
thereof  held by such  Grantee  that  has not  vested  in  accordance  with  the
provisions of SECTION 10.1 hereof shall terminate immediately, and any Option or
portion  thereof that has vested in  accordance  with the  provisions of SECTION
10.1 hereof but has not been exercised  shall terminate at the close of business
at the end of three months following the


                                       8
<PAGE>

Grantee's termination of service, employment, or other relationship,  unless the
Board,  in its  discretion,  extends the period  during  which the Option may be
exercised  (which  period may not be extended  beyond the  original  term of the
Option).  Upon  termination of an Option or portion  thereof,  the Grantee shall
have no further  right to  purchase  shares of Stock  pursuant to such Option or
portion  thereof.  Whether a leave of absence or leave on military or government
service shall  constitute a termination  of employment  for purposes of the Plan
shall be  determined  by the  Board,  which  determination  shall  be final  and
conclusive.  For purposes of the Plan, a termination of  employment,  service or
other  relationship  shall not be deemed to occur if the Grantee is  immediately
thereafter  employed  with an  Affiliate  of the  Company  or any other  Service
Provider,  or is engaged as a Service Provider.  The Board's reasonable and good
faith determination  whether a termination of a Service Provider's  relationship
with the Company shall have occurred shall be final and conclusive.

     10.5 Rights in the Event of Death.  If a Grantee dies while employed by the
Company or a Service Provider, or while serving as a Service Provider, except as
otherwise  provided by the Board in the applicable Award Agreement,  all Options
granted to such Grantee shall fully vest on the date of death, and the executors
or  administrators  or legatees or distributees  of such Grantee's  estate shall
have the right,  at any time  within  one year after the date of such  Grantee's
death (or such longer  period as the Board,  in its  discretion,  may  determine
before the  expiration of such one-year  period) and before  termination  of the
Option  pursuant  to SECTION  10.2 above,  to  exercise  any Option held by such
Grantee at the date of such Grantee's death.

     10.6 Rights in the Event of Disability.  If a Grantee terminates employment
with the Company or a Service Provider, or (if the Grantee is a Service Provider
who is an individual) ceases to provide services to the Company,  in either case
by reason of the "permanent and total disability" (within the meaning of Section
22(e)(3) of the Code) of such Grantee, except as otherwise provided by the Board
in the applicable  Award  Agreement,  such  Grantee's  Options shall continue to
vest, and shall be exercisable to the extent that they are vested,  for a period
of one year after such  termination  of  employment  or service  (or such longer
period as the Board, in its discretion,  may determine  before the expiration of
such one-year period),  subject to earlier termination of the Option as provided
in SECTION  10.2 above.  The  Board's  reasonable  and good faith  determination
whether a termination  of employment or service is to be considered by reason of
"permanent  and total  disability"  for  purposes of the Plan shall be final and
conclusive.

     10.7 Limitations on Exercise of Option. Notwithstanding any other provision
of the Plan,  in no event  may any  Option  be  exercised,  in whole or in part,
before  the date the Plan is  approved  by the  stockholders  of the  Company as
provided  herein,  or after 10 years following the date upon which the Option is
granted,  or after the  occurrence of an event  referred to in SECTION 17 hereof
which results in termination of the Option.



                                       9
<PAGE>

     10.8 Method of Exercise.  An Option that is  exercisable  hereunder  may be
exercised  by  delivery  to the Company on any  business  day, at its  principal
office,  addressed to the attention of the Board, of written notice of exercise,
which notice shall specify the number of shares with respect to which the Option
is being  exercised,  and shall be  accompanied by payment in full of the Option
Price of the shares for which the Option is being exercised,  except as provided
below. The minimum number of shares of Stock with respect to which an Option may
be  exercised,  in whole or in part,  at any time shall be the lesser of (i) 100
shares or such lesser  number set forth in the  applicable  Award  Agreement and
(ii) the maximum number of shares available for purchase under the Option at the
time of exercise.  Payment of the Option Price for the shares of Stock purchased
pursuant  to the  exercise  of an  Option  shall  be made (i) in cash or in cash
equivalents;  (ii) subject to the  provisions of this SECTION 10.8 and except as
otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement,  through the tender to the
Company of shares of Stock,  which  shares  shall be  valued,  for  purposes  of
determining the extent to which the Option Price has been paid thereby, at their
Fair Market Value on the date of exercise; (iii) except as otherwise provided in
the applicable Award Agreement, if at the time of exercise the Stock is publicly
traded on an established  securities market or exchange, by delivering a written
direction to the Company  that the Option be exercised  pursuant to a "cashless"
exercise/sale  procedure  (pursuant  to which  funds to pay for  exercise of the
option  are  delivered  to  the  Company  by a  broker  upon  receipt  of  stock
certificates from the Company) or a cashless  exercise/loan  procedure (pursuant
to which  the  Grantees  would  obtain a margin  loan  from a broker to fund the
exercise)  through a licensed broker acceptable to the Company whereby the stock
certificate  or  certificates  for the  shares of Stock for which the  Option is
exercised  will be  delivered  to such  broker as the  agent for the  individual
exercising  the Option and the broker will  deliver to the Company cash (or cash
equivalents  acceptable to the Company) equal to the Option Price for the shares
of Stock  purchased  pursuant to the  exercise of the Option plus the amount (if
any) of federal  and other taxes that the  Company,  may,  in its  judgment,  be
required to withhold  with respect to the  exercise of the Option;  or (iv) by a
combination of the methods described in (i), (ii) and (iii). The Grantee's right
to pay the  exercise  price by  exchange  of Stock,  however,  is subject to the
following  limitation:  the  Stock  being  exchanged  must have been held by the
Grantee  for at least six  months.  An attempt to  exercise  any Option  granted
hereunder  other than as set forth  above  shall be invalid  and of no force and
effect.  Promptly after the exercise of an Option and the payment in full of the
Option Price of the shares of Stock covered thereby,  the individual  exercising
the  Option  shall  be  entitled  to the  issuance  of a  Stock  certificate  or
certificates   evidencing  his  ownership  of  such  shares.  A  separate  Stock
certificate or certificates shall be issued for any shares purchased pursuant to
the exercise of an Option which is an Incentive Stock Option,  which certificate
or  certificates  shall not include any shares which were purchased  pursuant to
the  exercise  of an  Option  which is not an  Incentive  Stock  Option.  Unless
otherwise specified in the applicable Award Agreement,  an individual holding or
exercising an


                                       10
<PAGE>

Option shall have none of the rights of a stockholder  until the shares of Stock
covered  thereby  are fully paid and issued to him and,  except as  provided  in
SECTION 17 below, no adjustment  shall be made for dividends or other rights for
which  the  record  date is  before  the date of such  issuance.  Shares  issued
pursuant to the exercise shall be subject to applicable restrictions pursuant to
SECTION 22 hereof.

     10.9  Delivery of Stock  Certificates.  Promptly  after the  exercise of an
Option by a Grantee and the payment in full of the Option  Price,  such  Grantee
shall  be  entitled  to the  issuance  of a stock  certificate  or  certificates
evidencing his or her ownership of the shares of Stock subject to the Option.

11.  MANAGEMENT RECOGNITION PLAN TRUST

     The Company may establish the Trust to acquire shares of Stock for issuance
pursuant to the  Management  Recognition  Plan portion of the Plan in connection
with Grants of Restricted  Stock and  Restricted  Stock Units.  No Grantee shall
have any  right in or claim to any  assets  of the  Trust  except  as  expressly
provided in an Award  Agreement.  The Company shall not be required to establish
the Trust or to make any  contributions  to the Trust if it is established.  Any
funds or other assets  remaining in the Trust after the  termination of the Plan
and all Grants of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units hereunder shall be
distributed to the Company.

12.  TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS

     During the  lifetime of a Grantee,  only such  Grantee (or, in the event of
legal incapacity or incompetence,  the guardian or legal  representative  of the
Grantee) may exercise the Option, except as otherwise  specifically permitted by
this SECTION 12. No Option shall be  assignable  or  transferable  other than by
will or in  accordance  with the laws of  descent  and  distribution;  provided,
however, if so provided in the applicable Award Agreement, and to the extent the
transfer  is  in  compliance  with  any  applicable  restrictions  on  transfers
including  restrictions  imposed  pursuant  to SECTION 22 hereof,  the Board may
permit a Grantee to transfer, assign or pledge a non-qualified Option subject to
such  restrictions  as the Board  shall  specify  by  inclusion  of  appropriate
language in the Award  Agreement with respect to a particular  Option,  provided
that subsequent  transfers of transferred Options are prohibited except those in
accordance  with  this  SECTION  12 or by  will  or  the  laws  of  descent  and
distribution and each transferee shall be subject to the terms and conditions of
the Plan and Award Agreement.

13.  RESTRICTED STOCK

     13.1 Grant of  Restricted  Stock or Restricted  Stock Units.  The Board may
from time to time grant  Restricted  Stock or Restricted  Stock Units to persons
eligible  to receive  such  Grants as set forth in SECTION 6 hereof,  subject to
such restrictions, conditions and other terms as the Board may determine.



                                       11
<PAGE>

     13.2  Restrictions.  At the time a Grant of Restricted  Stock or Restricted
Stock Units is made, the Board shall establish a period of time (the "Restricted
Period")  applicable to such Restricted  Stock or Restricted  Stock Units.  Each
Grant  of  Restricted  Stock or  Restricted  Stock  Units  may be  subject  to a
different Restricted Period. The Board may, in its sole discretion,  at the time
a Grant  of  Restricted  Stock or  Restricted  Stock  Units  is made,  prescribe
restrictions  in  addition  to or other than the  expiration  of the  Restricted
Period,  including  the  satisfaction  of  corporate or  individual  performance
objectives,  which may be  applicable  to all or any  portion of the  Restricted
Stock  or  Restricted  Stock  Units.   Such  performance   objectives  shall  be
established in writing by the Board before the 90th day of the year in which the
Grant is made and while the  outcome  is  substantially  uncertain.  Performance
objectives shall be based on one or more of the following criteria: Stock price,
income,  assets and liabilities,  stockholders  equity,  market share,  revenue,
operating expenses,  financial ratings by outside agencies,  earnings per share,
or return on assets,  equity or  investments  of the  Company  or,  except  with
respect  to Stock  price,  a  Subsidiary.  Performance  objectives  may  include
positive results,  maintaining the status quo or limiting  economic losses.  The
Board also may, in its sole  discretion,  shorten or  terminate  the  Restricted
Period or waive any other  restrictions  applicable  to all or a portion  of the
Restricted  Stock or  Restricted  Stock  Units.  Neither  Restricted  Stock  nor
Restricted Stock Units may be sold, transferred,  assigned, pledged or otherwise
encumbered  or  disposed  of  during  the   Restricted   Period  or  before  the
satisfaction of any other  restrictions  prescribed by the Board with respect to
such Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units.

     13.3 Restricted Stock Certificates. The Company shall issue, in the name of
each  Grantee to whom  Restricted  Stock has been  granted,  stock  certificates
representing  the total  number of shares of  Restricted  Stock  granted  to the
Grantee,  as  soon  as  reasonably   practicable  after  the  Grant  Date.  Such
certificates shall be held by the Trust, if a Trust is created,  or otherwise by
the  Secretary of the Company for the  Grantee's  benefit until such time as the
Restricted  Stock is forfeited,  or all applicable  restrictions  have lapsed or
been waived.

     13.4  Rights of Holders of  Restricted  Stock.  Unless the Board  otherwise
provides in an Award Agreement, holders of Restricted Stock shall have the right
to vote such Stock and the right to receive any dividends  declared or paid with
respect  to such  Stock.  The  Board  may  provide  that any  dividends  paid on
Restricted Stock must be reinvested in shares of Stock,  which may or may not be
subject to the same  vesting  conditions  and  restrictions  applicable  to such
Restricted Stock. All distributions,  if any, received by a Grantee with respect
to Restricted Stock as a result of any stock split, stock dividend,  combination
of shares,  or other similar  transaction  shall be subject to the  restrictions
applicable to the original Grant.

     13.5  Rights  of  Holders  of  Restricted  Stock  Units.  Unless  the Board
otherwise  provides in an Award  Agreement,  holders of  Restricted  Stock Units
shall have no


                                       12
<PAGE>

rights  as  stockholders  of the  Company.  The Board  may  provide  in an Award
Agreement  evidencing a Grant of Restricted  Stock Units that the holder of such
Restricted Stock Units shall be entitled to receive,  upon the Company's payment
of a cash dividend on its outstanding  Stock, a cash payment for each Restricted
Stock Unit held equal to the per-share  dividend  paid on the Stock.  Such Award
Agreement  may also provide that such cash payment will be deemed  reinvested in
additional  Restricted  Stock Units at a price per unit equal to the Fair Market
Value of a share of Stock on the date that such dividend is paid.

     13.6 Termination of Employment or Other Relationship.  Upon the termination
of the employment of a Grantee with the Company or a Service  Provider,  or of a
Service Provider's  relationship with the Company, in either case other than, in
the case of individuals,  by reason of death or "permanent and total disability"
(within the meaning of Section  22(e)(3) of the Code),  any Restricted  Stock or
Restricted Stock Units held by such Grantee that has not vested, or with respect
to which all  applicable  restrictions  and  conditions  have not lapsed,  shall
immediately be deemed forfeited, unless the Board, in its discretion, determines
otherwise.  Upon forfeiture of Restricted  Stock or Restricted  Stock Units, the
Grantee shall have no further  rights with respect to such Grant,  including but
not  limited  to any  right to vote  Restricted  Stock or any  right to  receive
dividends with respect to shares of Restricted  Stock or Restricted Stock Units.
Whether a leave of absence or leave on  military  or  government  service  shall
constitute  a  termination  of  employment  for  purposes  of the Plan  shall be
determined by the Board, which determination shall be final and conclusive.  For
purposes of the Plan, a termination of employment, service or other relationship
shall not be deemed to occur if the Grantee is immediately  thereafter  employed
with the  Company  or any other  Service  Provider,  or is  engaged as a Service
Provider.  The  Board's  reasonable  and  good  faith  determination  whether  a
termination  of a Service  Provider's  relationship  with the Company shall have
occurred shall be final and conclusive.

     13.7 Rights in the Event of Death.  If a Grantee dies while employed by the
Company or a Service Provider or while serving as a Service Provider,  except as
provided in the applicable Award  Agreement,  all Restricted Stock or Restricted
Stock Units granted to such Grantee  shall fully vest on the date of death,  and
the shares of Stock represented  thereby shall be deliverable in accordance with
the terms of the Plan to the executors, administrators, legatees or distributees
of the Grantee's estate.

     13.8 Rights in the Event of Disability.  If a Grantee terminates employment
with the Company or a Service Provider, or (if the Grantee is a Service Provider
who is an individual) ceases to provide services to the Company,  in either case
by reason of the "permanent and total disability" (within the meaning of Section
22(e)(3) of the Code) of such  Grantee,  except as  provided  in the  applicable
Award Agreement, such Grantee's Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall
continue to vest in accordance with the applicable  Award Agreement for a period
of one year after such  termination  of  employment  or service  (or such longer
period as the Board, in its


                                       13
<PAGE>

discretion,  may  determine  before the  expiration  of such  one-year  period),
subject to the earlier  forfeiture of such Restricted  Stock or Restricted Stock
Units in  accordance  with the  terms of the  applicable  Award  Agreement.  The
Board's  reasonable  and good  faith  determination  whether  a  termination  of
employment  or service is to be  considered  by reason of  "permanent  and total
disability" for purposes of the Plan shall be final and conclusive.

     13.9  Delivery  of Stock  and  Payment  Therefor.  Upon the  expiration  or
termination  of  the  Restricted  Period  and  the  satisfaction  of  any  other
conditions  prescribed by the Board,  the  restrictions  applicable to shares of
Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall lapse, and, upon payment by the
Grantee to the Company,  in cash or by check,  of the aggregate par value of the
shares of Stock  represented by such Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units,
a stock  certificate  for  such  shares  shall  be  delivered,  free of all such
restrictions, to the Grantee or the Grantee's beneficiary or estate, as the case
may be.

14.  PARACHUTE LIMITATIONS

     Notwithstanding  any other provision of the Plan or of any other agreement,
contract,  or  understanding  heretofore or hereafter  entered into by a Grantee
with  the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary,  except  an  agreement,   contract,  or
understanding  hereafter  entered  into  that  expressly  modifies  or  excludes
application of this paragraph (an "Other  Agreement"),  and  notwithstanding any
formal  or  informal  plan or  other  arrangement  for the  direct  or  indirect
provision  of  compensation  to the  Grantee  (including  groups or  classes  of
participants or beneficiaries of which the Grantee is a member),  whether or not
such compensation is deferred,  is in cash, or is in the form of a benefit to or
for the Grantee (a  "Benefit  Arrangement"),  if the Grantee is a  "disqualified
individual," as defined in Section  280G(c) of the Code, any Option,  Restricted
Stock or Restricted Stock Unit held by that Grantee and any right to receive any
payment or other benefit under this Plan shall not become  exercisable or vested
(i) to the extent that such right to  exercise,  vesting,  payment,  or benefit,
taking  into  account  all other  rights,  payments,  or  benefits to or for the
Grantee under this Plan,  all Other  Agreements,  and all Benefit  Arrangements,
would  cause  any  payment  or  benefit  to the  Grantee  under  this Plan to be
considered a "parachute payment" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the
Code as then in  effect  (a  "Parachute  Payment")  and (ii) if,  as a result of
receiving a Parachute Payment,  the aggregate  after-tax amounts received by the
Grantee  under this Plan,  all Other  Agreements,  and all Benefit  Arrangements
would be less than the  maximum  after-tax  amount that could be received by the
Grantee without causing any such payment or benefit to be considered a Parachute
Payment.  In the event that the receipt of any such right to exercise,  vesting,
payment,  or benefit  under this Plan,  in  conjunction  with all other  rights,
payments,  or benefits to or for the Grantee  under any Other  Agreement  or any
Benefit  Arrangement would cause the Grantee to be considered to have received a
Parachute  Payment under this Plan that would have the effect of decreasing  the
after-tax  amount  received  by the Grantee as  described  in clause (ii) of the
preceding


                                       14
<PAGE>

sentence,  then  the  Grantee  shall  have  the  right,  in the  Grantee's  sole
discretion,  to designate those rights,  payments,  or benefits under this Plan,
any Other  Agreements,  and any Benefit  Arrangements  that should be reduced or
eliminated  so as to avoid  having the payment or benefit to the  Grantee  under
this Plan be deemed to be a Parachute Payment.

15.  REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

     15.1 General. The Company shall not be required to sell or issue any shares
of Stock under any Grant if the sale or issuance of such shares would constitute
a violation by the Grantee,  any other individual  exercising an Option,  or the
Company of any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority,
including without  limitation any United States federal or state securities laws
or regulations.  If at any time the Company shall determine,  in its discretion,
that the listing, registration or qualification of any shares subject to a Grant
upon any  securities  exchange  or under  any  governmental  regulatory  body is
necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance or
purchase  of shares  hereunder,  no shares of Stock may be issued or sold to the
Grantee or any other  individual  exercising  an Option  pursuant  to such Grant
unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have
been effected or obtained free of any  conditions not acceptable to the Company,
and any delay caused  thereby shall in no way affect the date of  termination of
the  Grant.  Specifically,  in  connection  with the  Securities  Act,  upon the
exercise  of any Option or the  delivery  of any shares of  Restricted  Stock or
Stock underlying  Restricted Stock Units, unless a registration  statement under
such Act is in effect with respect to the shares of Stock covered by such Grant,
the Company  shall not be required to sell or issue such shares unless the Board
has  received  evidence  satisfactory  to it  that  the  Grantee  or  any  other
individual exercising an Option may acquire such shares pursuant to an exemption
from registration under the Securities Act. Any determination in this connection
by the Board shall be final, binding, and conclusive. The Company may, but shall
in no event be obligated to, register any securities  covered hereby pursuant to
the Securities  Act. The Company shall not be obligated to take any  affirmative
action in order to cause the  exercise of an Option or the issuance of shares of
Stock  pursuant  to the  Plan  to  comply  with  any  law or  regulation  of any
governmental  authority.  As to any  jurisdiction  that  expressly  imposes  the
requirement  that an Option shall not be  exercisable  until the shares of Stock
covered by such  Option are  registered  or are exempt  from  registration,  the
exercise  of  such  Option  (under  circumstances  in  which  the  laws  of such
jurisdiction  apply) shall be deemed  conditioned upon the effectiveness of such
registration or the availability of such an exemption.

     15.2 Rule 16b-3. It is the intent of the Company that, during any time when
the Company has a class of equity securities  registered under Section 12 of the
Exchange Act,  Grants  pursuant to the Plan and the exercise of Options  granted
hereunder  will  qualify  for the  exemption  provided  by Rule 16b-3  under the
Exchange  Act.  To the extent  that any  provision  of the Plan or action by the
Board does not


                                       15
<PAGE>

comply with the  requirements of Rule 16b-3,  it shall be deemed  inoperative to
the extent  permitted by law and deemed  advisable  by the Board,  and shall not
affect  the  validity  of the Plan.  In the event  that Rule 16b-3 is revised or
replaced,  the Board may  exercise  its  discretion  to modify  this Plan in any
respect  necessary to satisfy the  requirements  of, or to take advantage of any
features of, the revised exemption or its replacement.

16.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

     The  Board  may,  at any time and from  time to time,  amend,  suspend,  or
terminate  the Plan as to any shares of Stock as to which  Grants  have not been
made;  provided,  however,  that the Board  shall not,  without  approval of the
Company's stockholders, increase the number of shares available for the grant of
Incentive  Stock  Options or change  the  eligibility  requirements  of the Plan
relating to the grant of  Incentive  Stock  Options.  The Company may retain the
right in an Award  Agreement  to cause a  forfeiture  of the gain  realized by a
Grantee on account  of the  Grantee  taking  actions  in  "competition  with the
Company," as defined in the applicable Award Agreement. Furthermore, the Company
may annul a Grant if the  Grantee is  terminated  "for  cause" as defined in the
applicable Award Agreement. Except as permitted under this SECTION 16 or SECTION
17 hereof, no amendment,  suspension,  or termination of the Plan shall, without
the consent of the  Grantee,  alter or impair  rights or  obligations  under any
Grant theretofore awarded under the Plan.

17.  EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

     17.1  Changes  in Stock.  If the number of  outstanding  shares of Stock is
increased or decreased or the shares of Stock are changed into or exchanged  for
a  different  number or kind of shares or other  securities  of the  Company  on
account of any recapitalization,  reclassification,  stock split, reverse split,
combination of shares,  exchange of shares, stock dividend or other distribution
payable in capital stock,  or other increase or decrease in such shares effected
without receipt of  consideration  by the Company  occurring after the Effective
Date,  the number and kinds of shares for which  Grants of  Options,  Restricted
Stock and  Restricted  Stock  Units may be made under the Plan shall be adjusted
proportionately and accordingly by the Company. In addition, the number and kind
of shares for which Grants are outstanding shall be adjusted proportionately and
accordingly  so that  the  proportionate  interest  of the  Grantee  immediately
following  such  event  shall,  to  the  extent  practicable,  be  the  same  as
immediately  before such event.  In the event of any spin-off of a Subsidiary of
the Company,  the Board also may adjust the Option as provided in the Plan.  Any
adjustment in  outstanding  Options under this SECTION 17.2 shall not change the
aggregate  Option  Price  payable with respect to shares that are subject to the
unexercised  portion of the Option outstanding but shall include a corresponding
proportionate adjustment in the Option Price per share.



                                       16
<PAGE>

     17.2  Reorganization  in which the Company is the  Surviving  Entity and in
which no  Acquisition  of Control  Occurs.  Subject  to and except as  otherwise
provided in SECTION 17.3 hereof, if the Company shall be the surviving entity in
any  reorganization,  merger,  or  consolidation of the Company with one or more
other  entities,  any  Option  theretofore  granted  pursuant  to the Plan shall
pertain to and apply to the securities to which a holder of the number of shares
of Stock subject to such Option would have been entitled  immediately  following
such   reorganization,   merger,   or   consolidation,   with  a   corresponding
proportionate  adjustment  of the Option  Price per share so that the  aggregate
Option Price  thereafter  shall be the same as the aggregate Option Price of the
shares remaining subject to the Option immediately  before such  reorganization,
merger, or consolidation. Subject to any contrary language in an Award Agreement
evidencing a Grant of  Restricted  Stock,  any  restrictions  applicable to such
Restricted  Stock shall apply as well to any replacement  shares received by the
Grantee as a result of the reorganization, merger or consolidation.

     17.3 Dissolution,  Reorganization in which the Company is not the Surviving
Entity,  Sale of Assets,  Acquisition of Control,  Etc. Upon the  dissolution or
liquidation of the Company or upon a merger, consolidation, or reorganization of
the  Company  with one or more other  entities  in which the  Company is not the
surviving  entity,  or upon a sale of all or substantially  all of the assets of
the  Company to another  entity,  or upon any  transaction  (including,  without
limitation,  a merger or  reorganization  in which the Company is the  surviving
entity) that results in any person or entity (or persons or entities acting as a
group or otherwise in concert),  other than a person who is a stockholder of the
Company as of the  Effective  Date,  owning 80% or more of the  combined  voting
power of all classes of securities of the Company,  subject to SECTION 14 hereof
and to  applicable  regulatory  requirements,  (i)  all  outstanding  shares  of
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be deemed to have vested,  and
all  restrictions  and conditions  applicable to such shares of Restricted Stock
and Restricted  Stock Units shall be deemed to have lapsed,  immediately  before
the occurrence of such event, and (ii) all Options  outstanding  hereunder shall
become immediately exercisable for a period of not less than 15 days immediately
preceding  the  scheduled  consummation  of the  event,  except  to  the  extent
provision  is made in  writing  in  connection  with  such  transaction  for the
continuation of the Plan or the assumption of such Options, Restricted Stock and
Restricted  Stock Units  theretofore  granted,  or for the substitution for such
Options,  Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units of new options, restricted
stock and restricted stock units covering the stock of a successor  corporation,
or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number
and kinds of shares or units and  exercise  prices,  in which event the Plan and
Options,  Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units theretofore  granted shall
continue  in the  manner and under the terms so  provided.  Any  exercise  of an
Option  following the giving of the notice required by the last sentence of this
SECTION 17.3 shall be conditioned  upon the  consummation of the event and shall
be effective only immediately before the consummation of the event,  unless such
Grant would have expired during such period without regard to this


                                       17
<PAGE>

SECTION 17.3. Upon  consummation of any such event, the Plan and all outstanding
but  unexercised  Options  shall  terminate,  except to the  extent  the Plan is
continued or of the assumption of or substitution  for such Options  theretofore
granted.  The Board  shall send  written  notice of an event that will result in
such a termination to all  individuals  who hold Options not later than the time
at which the Company gives notice thereof to its stockholders.

     17.4  Adjustments.  Adjustments  under this SECTION 17 related to shares of
Stock or securities of the Company shall be made by the Board,  whose reasonable
and good  faith  determination  in that  respect  shall be  final,  binding  and
conclusive. No fractional shares or other securities shall be issued pursuant to
any such adjustment,  and any fractions resulting from any such adjustment shall
be eliminated in each case by rounding downward to the nearest whole share.

     17.5 No Limitations on Company.  The making of Grants  pursuant to the Plan
shall not  affect or limit in any way the right or power of the  Company to make
adjustments,  reclassifications,  reorganizations,  or changes of its capital or
business structure or to merge, consolidate,  dissolve, or liquidate, or to sell
or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

18.  DISCLAIMER OF RIGHTS

     No  provision  in the  Plan or in any  Grant or  Award  Agreement  shall be
construed  to confer  upon any  individual  the right to remain in the employ or
service of the Company or any  Subsidiary  or Affiliate  of the  Company,  or to
interfere  in any way with any  contractual  or other right or  authority of the
Company or any Service  Provider either to increase or decrease the compensation
or other  payments to any individual at any time, or to terminate any employment
or other  relationship  between  any  individual  and the  Company,  Subsidiary,
Affiliate  or a  Service  Provider.  No  provision  in the Plan or in any  Grant
awarded or Award Agreement  entered into pursuant to the Plan shall be construed
to confer upon any  individual the right to remain in the service of the Company
as a director,  or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the
Company's  stockholders to remove any director pursuant to the provisions of the
Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, as from time to time amended.  In addition,
notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, unless otherwise
stated in the applicable Award Agreement,  no Grant awarded under the Plan shall
be affected by any change of duties or  position  of the  Grantee  (including  a
transfer to or from the Company or a Service Provider),  so long as such Grantee
continues  to be a person  who is  eligible  to receive a Grant  hereunder.  The
obligation  of the  Company to pay any  benefits  pursuant to this Plan shall be
interpreted  as a contractual  obligation  to pay only those  amounts  described
herein, in the manner and under the conditions prescribed herein. The Plan shall
in no way be  interpreted  to require the Company to transfer any amounts to the
Trust or any other


                                       18
<PAGE>

third party trustee or otherwise hold any amounts in trust or escrow for payment
to any participant or beneficiary under the terms of the Plan.

19.  NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

     Neither  the  adoption  of the Plan nor the  submission  of the Plan to the
stockholders  of the Company for  approval  shall be  construed  as creating any
limitations  upon the  right and  authority  of the  Board to adopt  such  other
incentive compensation arrangements (which arrangements may be applicable either
generally to a class or classes of individuals or  specifically  to a particular
individual or particular  individuals) as the Board in its discretion determines
desirable,  including,  without limitation, the granting of stock options, stock
appreciation rights,  restricted stock and restricted stock units otherwise than
under the Plan.

20.  WITHHOLDING TAXES

     The Company, a Subsidiary or a Service Provider,  as the case may be, shall
have the right to deduct from  payments of any kind  otherwise  due to a Grantee
any taxes of any kind required by applicable  law to be withheld with respect to
the vesting of or other lapse of restrictions  applicable to Restricted Stock or
Restricted  Stock  Units or upon the  issuance  of any  shares of Stock upon the
exercise of an Option.  At the time of such  vesting,  lapse,  or exercise,  the
Grantee shall pay to the Company, the Subsidiary or the Service Provider, as the
case may be, any amount that the Company, the Subsidiary or the Service Provider
may reasonably determine to be necessary to satisfy such withholding obligation.
Subject to the prior  approval of the  Company,  the  Subsidiary  or the Service
Provider,  which may be withheld by the Company,  the  Subsidiary or the Service
Provider,  as the case may be, in its sole discretion,  the Grantee may elect to
satisfy such obligations,  in whole or in part, (i) by causing the Company,  the
Subsidiary  or the  Service  Provider  to  withhold  shares  of Stock  otherwise
issuable  pursuant  to the Grantee or (ii) by  delivering  to the  Company,  the
Subsidiary or the Service Provider shares of Stock already owned by the Grantee.
The shares of Stock so delivered or withheld shall have an aggregate Fair Market
Value equal to such withholding  obligations,  reduced by the amount of any cash
paid by the  Grantee.  The Fair  Market  Value of the  shares  of Stock  used to
satisfy such  withholding  obligation  shall be determined  by the Company,  the
Subsidiary  or the Service  Provider as of the date that the amount of tax to be
withheld is to be  determined.  Except as otherwise  determined by the Board,  a
Grantee may not satisfy his or her  withholding  obligation with shares of Stock
that are subject to any repurchase,  forfeiture,  unfulfilled  vesting, or other
similar requirements.

21.  CAPTIONS

     The  use of  captions  in  this  Plan  or any  Award  Agreement  is for the
convenience  of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of any provision
of the Plan or such Award Agreement.



                                       19
<PAGE>

22.  OTHER PROVISIONS

     The Board may, in its sole discretion, include additional terms, conditions
and other  provisions in any Grant, all of which shall be reflected in the Award
Agreement with respect to such Grant or any amendment thereto, including without
limitation restrictions on transfer,  repurchase rights, commitments to pay cash
bonuses,  arrangements  for loans or  transfers  of property  to  Grantees  upon
exercise of Options,  a requirement  to enter into any  applicable  stockholders
agreement  by and among the  Company and any of its  stockholders  or such other
provisions  as shall be determined by the Board;  provided,  however,  that such
additional  provisions  shall not be inconsistent  with any term or condition of
the Plan and such  additional  provisions  shall not cause any  Incentive  Stock
Option  granted  under the Plan to fail to qualify as an Incentive  Stock Option
within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and no such  amendment to an Award
Agreement shall be made without the consent of the Grantee thereof.

23.  NUMBER AND GENDER

     With respect to words used in this Plan,  the singular  form shall  include
the plural form, the masculine gender shall include the feminine  gender,  etc.,
as the context requires.

24.  SEVERABILITY

     If any provision of the Plan or any Award  Agreement shall be determined to
be  illegal  or  unenforceable  by any  court  of law in any  jurisdiction,  the
remaining  provisions  hereof and thereof shall be severable and  enforceable in
accordance with their terms, and all provisions shall remain  enforceable in any
other jurisdiction.

25.  GOVERNING LAW

     The validity and  construction of this Plan and the instruments  evidencing
the Grants awarded hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the United States,
to the extent applicable, and otherwise of the State of Delaware (other than any
choice of law rule that would cause the laws of another jurisdiction apply).



                                       20
<PAGE>

                                  *    *    *

     The Plan was duly  approved by the Board of Directors of the Company on the
29th day of July, 1999.

                                     /s/ Kevin M. O'Bryan
                                     ------------------------
                                     Secretary of the Company

        The Plan was duly approved by the stockholders of the Company on the 1st
day of October, 1999.

                                     /s/ Kevin M. O'Bryan
                                     ------------------------
                                     Secretary of the Company


                                       21


SUBSIDIARIES OF TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION

Troy Savings Bank
Organized in New York

The Family Owned Insurance Agency, Inc.
Incorporated in New York

The Family Mortgage Banking Co., Inc.
Incorporated in New York

Troy S.B. Real Estate Co., Inc.
Incorporated in New York

The Family Investment Services Co., Inc.
Incorporated in New York

The Family  Advertising Co., Inc.
Incorporated in New York

T.S. Real Property, Inc.
Incorporated in New York

Realty Umbrella, LTD.
Organized in New York

32 Second Street, Inc.
Incorporated in New York

Camel Hill Corporation
Incorporated in New York

507 Heights Corp.
Incorporated in New York

T.S. Capital Corp.
Incorporated in New York

Troy Realty Funding Corp
Incorporated in New York.

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                                            9
<LEGEND>
THIS  SCHEDULE  CONTAINS  SUMMARY  FINANCIAL   INFORMATION  EXTRACTED  FROM  THE
COMPANY'S ANNUAL AUDITED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY
BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0001075046
<NAME>                        TROY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1
<CURRENCY>                                U.S. Dollars

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          SEP-30-1999
<PERIOD-START>                             OCT-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               SEP-30-1999
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                      1
<CASH>                                          30,232
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                           5,653
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                     0
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                    280,871
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                           2,534
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                             2,582
<LOANS>                                        556,142
<ALLOWANCE>                                     10,764
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 915,096
<DEPOSITS>                                     563,373
<SHORT-TERM>                                   100,700
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                             26,087
<LONG-TERM>                                     44,497
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                             1
<OTHER-SE>                                     117,759
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                 915,096
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                 39,794
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                9,638
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                 2,593
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                51,802
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                              20,470
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              23,782
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                           28,020
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                    3,250
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                  17
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                 25,825
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  1,992
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                       1,982
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     2,077
<EPS-BASIC>                                     0.32
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.32
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    7.06
<LOANS-NON>                                      7,883
<LOANS-PAST>                                         0
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                   616
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                      0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                 8,260
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                      995
<RECOVERIES>                                       249
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                               10,764
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                            10,764
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                            956



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission